US20120129156A1 - Barriers for facilitating biological reactions - Google Patents
Barriers for facilitating biological reactions Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20120129156A1 US20120129156A1 US13/341,843 US201113341843A US2012129156A1 US 20120129156 A1 US20120129156 A1 US 20120129156A1 US 201113341843 A US201113341843 A US 201113341843A US 2012129156 A1 US2012129156 A1 US 2012129156A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- chamber
- particles
- sample
- purification
- wax
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 title abstract description 67
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 title abstract description 29
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 124
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 61
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 40
- 239000008206 lipophilic material Substances 0.000 claims description 34
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000007723 transport mechanism Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 abstract description 103
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 abstract description 40
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 40
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 abstract description 31
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 abstract description 28
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 abstract description 28
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 abstract description 13
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 168
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 164
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 101
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 65
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 62
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 60
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 57
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 56
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 54
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 52
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 50
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 50
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 49
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 47
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 46
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 44
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 42
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 40
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 39
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 38
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 37
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 35
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 33
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 33
- 239000012149 elution buffer Substances 0.000 description 31
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 31
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 30
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 30
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 29
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 27
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 27
- -1 tissues Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 26
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 25
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 24
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 24
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 23
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 23
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 22
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 22
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 22
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 22
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 21
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 21
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 21
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 20
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 19
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 19
- 208000006930 Pseudomyxoma Peritonei Diseases 0.000 description 18
- 229920000306 polymethylpentene Polymers 0.000 description 18
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 17
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 17
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 14
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000011529 RT qPCR Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 11
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 11
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 11
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 11
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 9
- 241000588652 Neisseria gonorrhoeae Species 0.000 description 8
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 8
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 241000606153 Chlamydia trachomatis Species 0.000 description 7
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229940038705 chlamydia trachomatis Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000010989 Bland-Altman Methods 0.000 description 6
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010802 RNA extraction kit Methods 0.000 description 5
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 5
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 5
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ferric oxide Chemical compound O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229960005191 ferric oxide Drugs 0.000 description 5
- SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ferrosoferric oxide Chemical compound O=[Fe]O[Fe]O[Fe]=O SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron oxide Inorganic materials [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000013980 iron oxide Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011330 nucleic acid test Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001566 pro-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 241000606161 Chlamydia Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012864 cross contamination Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007834 ligase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 4
- BHNQPLPANNDEGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-octylphenoxy)ethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OCCO)C=C1 BHNQPLPANNDEGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MSXVEPNJUHWQHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbutan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)(C)O MSXVEPNJUHWQHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108090001008 Avidin Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 102100031780 Endonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010018612 Gonorrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000004570 RNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000013504 Triton X-100 Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920004890 Triton X-100 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010081355 beta 2-Microglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000019519 canola oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000828 canola oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000001786 gonorrhea Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentofuranose Chemical group OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005382 thermal cycling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 3
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IQQRAVYLUAZUGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium Chemical compound CCCCN1C=C[N+](C)=C1 IQQRAVYLUAZUGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HPZMWTNATZPBIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyladenine Chemical compound CN1C=NC2=NC=NC2=C1N HPZMWTNATZPBIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RFLVMTUMFYRZCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylguanine Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 RFLVMTUMFYRZCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YSAJFXWTVFGPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)oxy]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O YSAJFXWTVFGPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-7-methyl-1,7-dihydro-6H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC(O)=C2N(C)C=NC2=N1 FZWGECJQACGGTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound SC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OVONXEQGWXGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OIVLITBTBDPEFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,6-dihydrouracil Chemical compound O=C1CCNC(=O)N1 OIVLITBTBDPEFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-1h-pyrimidine-2-thione Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC(S)=N1 DCPSTSVLRXOYGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005730 ADP ribosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241001504639 Alcedo atthis Species 0.000 description 2
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100033641 Bromodomain-containing protein 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091092584 GDNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090001090 Lectins Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- HYVABZIGRDEKCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N(6)-dimethylallyladenine Chemical compound CC(C)=CCNC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 HYVABZIGRDEKCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002944 PCR assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013614 RNA sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000007984 Tris EDTA buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000015736 beta 2-Microglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000006251 gamma-carboxylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCO ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000033444 hydroxylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005805 hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002523 lectin Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000005415 magnetization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 2
- LQNUZADURLCDLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrobenzene Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 LQNUZADURLCDLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 2
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002331 protein detection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012521 purified sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000275 quality assurance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000019635 sulfation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005670 sulfation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010798 ubiquitination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000034512 ubiquitination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIWXUAJJMSQGND-UHFFFAOYSA-M (1-ethylpyridin-1-ium-3-yl)methanol;ethyl sulfate Chemical compound CCOS([O-])(=O)=O.CC[N+]1=CC=CC(CO)=C1 CIWXUAJJMSQGND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DSEKYWAQQVUQTP-XEWMWGOFSA-N (2r,4r,4as,6as,6as,6br,8ar,12ar,14as,14bs)-2-hydroxy-4,4a,6a,6b,8a,11,11,14a-octamethyl-2,4,5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12,12a,13,14,14b-tetradecahydro-1h-picen-3-one Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@]2(C)CC[C@@]34C)C(C)(C)CC[C@]1(C)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@]1(C)[C@H]3C[C@@H](O)C(=O)[C@@H]1C DSEKYWAQQVUQTP-XEWMWGOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZXMGHDIOOHOAAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-trifluoro-n-(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)methanesulfonamide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ZXMGHDIOOHOAAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QDOIZVITZUBGOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluoro-n,n-bis(1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluorobutyl)butan-1-amine;1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluoro-n-(1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4-nonafluorobutyl)-n-(trifluoromethyl)butan-1-amine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)N(C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F.FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)N(C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F QDOIZVITZUBGOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SATCOUWSAZBIJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyladenine Natural products N=C1N(C)C=NC2=C1NC=N2 SATCOUWSAZBIJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJNGQIYEQLPJMN-IOSLPCCCSA-N 1-methylinosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)N(C)C=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WJNGQIYEQLPJMN-IOSLPCCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLYBTPMYFWWNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)-2-hydroxyacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O HLYBTPMYFWWNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGAKLDIYNFXTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)methylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O SGAKLDIYNFXTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVBOROZXXYRWJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(4-oxo-2-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)methylamino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNCC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O SVBOROZXXYRWJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLEIUWBSEKKKFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO.OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O VLEIUWBSEKKKFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMSMHKMPBNTBOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dimethylamino-6-hydroxypurine Chemical compound N1C(N(C)C)=NC(=O)C2=C1N=CN2 XMSMHKMPBNTBOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMADWRYCYBUIKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-7h-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 SMADWRYCYBUIKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOLPWZCZXAMXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylcytosine Chemical compound CN1C(N)=CC=NC1=O KOLPWZCZXAMXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCKQPPQRFNHPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]diazenyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 WCKQPPQRFNHPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJAKJCICANKRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-acetyl-4-amino-1,3-dihydropyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound CC(=O)C1(N)NC(=O)NC=C1 GJAKJCICANKRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJQRQOKXQKVJGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(2-aminoethylamino)naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(NCCN)=CC=CC2=C1S(O)(=O)=O SJQRQOKXQKVJGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQJSSLBGAQJNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(methylaminomethyl)-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound CNCC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O MQJSSLBGAQJNER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromouracil Chemical compound BrC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O LQLQRFGHAALLLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KELXHQACBIUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-1h-pyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O KELXHQACBIUYSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methyl-2-sulfanylidene-1h-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=S)NC1=O ZLAQATDNGLKIEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methylcytosine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)N=C1N LRSASMSXMSNRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 5-oxo-L-proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCC(=O)N1 ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- UDZRZGNQQSUDNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(aminomethyl)-5-methoxy-2-sulfanylidene-1H-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound COC=1C(NC(NC=1CN)=S)=O UDZRZGNQQSUDNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSPHKCOAUOJLIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(aziridin-1-ylamino)-1h-pyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound N1C(=O)N=CC=C1NN1CC1 HSPHKCOAUOJLIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKOMXBHMKXXTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-methyladenine Chemical compound CNC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 CKOMXBHMKXXTNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWJYOKZMYFJUOY-KQYNXXCUSA-N 9-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-6-(methylamino)-7h-purin-8-one Chemical compound OC1=NC=2C(NC)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O SWJYOKZMYFJUOY-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSSXOMSJDRHRMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-purine-2,6-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=C2NC=NC2=N1 MSSXOMSJDRHRMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012099 Alexa Fluor family Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091093088 Amplicon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020000946 Bacterial DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000008100 Brassica rapa Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000005653 Brownian motion process Effects 0.000 description 1
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004366 CD4-positive T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000180278 Copernicia prunifera Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010919 Copernicia prunifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003298 DNA probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004543 DNA replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BVTJGGGYKAMDBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxetane Chemical class C1COO1 BVTJGGGYKAMDBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000876833 Emberizinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004533 Endonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001553290 Euphorbia antisyphilitica Species 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004831 Hot glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N Inosine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C2=NC=NC(O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930010555 Inosine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- LEVWYRKDKASIDU-IMJSIDKUSA-N L-cystine Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CSSC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LEVWYRKDKASIDU-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060004795 Methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007474 Multiprotein Complexes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085220 Multiprotein Complexes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SGSSKEDGVONRGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N(2)-methylguanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(NC)=NC2=C1N=CN2 SGSSKEDGVONRGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYUSHNKNPOHWEZ-YFKPBYRVSA-N N-formyl-L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC=O PYUSHNKNPOHWEZ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000729 N-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BAWFJGJZGIEFAR-NNYOXOHSSA-N NAD zwitterion Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 BAWFJGJZGIEFAR-NNYOXOHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020003217 Nuclear RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000043141 Nuclear RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005662 Paraffin oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010066717 Q beta Replicase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000019802 Sexually transmitted disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002105 Southern blotting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Thiocyanate anion Chemical compound [S-]C#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010020713 Tth polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000005411 Van der Waals force Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003522 acrylic cement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002390 adhesive tape Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011166 aliquoting Methods 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012197 amplification kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012164 animal wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001745 anti-biotin effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000798 anti-retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010516 arginylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011948 assay development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003149 assay kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000005936 beta-Galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012148 binding buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001615 biotins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010836 blood and blood product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125691 blood product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005537 brownian motion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008364 bulk solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008004 cell lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091092356 cellular DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003196 chaotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHZZMRAGKVHANO-UHFFFAOYSA-M chlormequat chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)CCCl UHZZMRAGKVHANO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009223 counseling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003067 cystine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N dATP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 SUYVUBYJARFZHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-N dCTP Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO[P@](O)(=O)O[P@](O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 RGWHQCVHVJXOKC-SHYZEUOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N dGTP Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)O1 HAAZLUGHYHWQIW-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N dTTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013480 data collection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005202 decontamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003588 decontaminative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000017858 demethylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010520 demethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005447 environmental material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001952 enzyme assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125532 enzyme inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoromethane Chemical compound FC NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000022244 formylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006170 formylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001279 glycosylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-O guanidinium Chemical compound NC(N)=[NH2+] ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003278 haem Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004700 high-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen thiocyanate Natural products SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005661 hydrophobic surface Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003312 immunocapture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013383 initial experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003786 inosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000026045 iodination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006192 iodination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002608 ionic liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000990 laser dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 1
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004880 lymph fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007885 magnetic separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940071125 manganese acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UOGMEBQRZBEZQT-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);diacetate Chemical compound [Mn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O UOGMEBQRZBEZQT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005499 meniscus Effects 0.000 description 1
- IZAGSTRIDUNNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[(2,4-dioxo-1h-pyrimidin-5-yl)oxy]acetate Chemical compound COC(=O)COC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O IZAGSTRIDUNNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZUZLIXGTXQBUDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyltrioctylammonium Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[N+](C)(CCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCC ZUZLIXGTXQBUDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004200 microcrystalline wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019808 microcrystalline wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012184 mineral wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XJVXMWNLQRTRGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3-methylbut-3-enyl)-2-methylsulfanyl-7h-purin-6-amine Chemical compound CSC1=NC(NCCC(C)=C)=C2NC=NC2=N1 XJVXMWNLQRTRGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001172 neodymium magnet Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010087904 neutravidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940101270 nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (nad) Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000007826 nucleic acid assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001821 nucleic acid purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006384 oligomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011101 paper laminate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019809 paraffin wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WTWWXOGTJWMJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N perflubron Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)Br WTWWXOGTJWMJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001217 perflubron Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950011087 perflunafene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UWEYRJFJVCLAGH-IJWZVTFUSA-N perfluorodecalin Chemical compound FC1(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)[C@@]2(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)[C@@]21F UWEYRJFJVCLAGH-IJWZVTFUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKENRHXGDUPTEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorophenanthrene Chemical compound FC1(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C2(F)C3(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C3(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C21F QKENRHXGDUPTEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012169 petroleum derived wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019381 petroleum wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl 10-methylacridin-10-ium-9-carboxylate Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C2C=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003905 phosphatidylinositols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007781 pre-processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000013823 prenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005267 prostate cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940043131 pyroglutamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003908 quality control method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011158 quantitative evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006340 racemization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012429 reaction media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012502 risk assessment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005464 sample preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004062 sedimentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002798 spectrophotometry method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003760 tallow Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001138 tear Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012956 testing procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)F TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010257 thawing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012178 vegetable wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003260 vortexing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/54366—Apparatus specially adapted for solid-phase testing
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L3/00—Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
- B01L3/50—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
- B01L3/502—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
- B01L3/5027—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip
- B01L3/502761—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures by integrated microfluidic structures, i.e. dimensions of channels and chambers are such that surface tension forces are important, e.g. lab-on-a-chip specially adapted for handling suspended solids or molecules independently from the bulk fluid flow, e.g. for trapping or sorting beads, for physically stretching molecules
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L3/00—Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
- B01L3/50—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
- B01L3/508—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes rigid containers not provided for above
- B01L3/5085—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes rigid containers not provided for above for multiple samples, e.g. microtitration plates
- B01L3/50851—Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes rigid containers not provided for above for multiple samples, e.g. microtitration plates specially adapted for heating or cooling samples
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L7/00—Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices
- B01L7/52—Heating or cooling apparatus; Heat insulating devices with provision for submitting samples to a predetermined sequence of different temperatures, e.g. for treating nucleic acid samples
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/54393—Improving reaction conditions or stability, e.g. by coating or irradiation of surface, by reduction of non-specific binding, by promotion of specific binding
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2200/00—Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
- B01L2200/04—Exchange or ejection of cartridges, containers or reservoirs
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2200/00—Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
- B01L2200/06—Fluid handling related problems
- B01L2200/0647—Handling flowable solids, e.g. microscopic beads, cells, particles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2200/00—Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
- B01L2200/10—Integrating sample preparation and analysis in single entity, e.g. lab-on-a-chip concept
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2200/00—Solutions for specific problems relating to chemical or physical laboratory apparatus
- B01L2200/16—Reagents, handling or storing thereof
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2300/00—Additional constructional details
- B01L2300/08—Geometry, shape and general structure
- B01L2300/0861—Configuration of multiple channels and/or chambers in a single devices
- B01L2300/087—Multiple sequential chambers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2400/00—Moving or stopping fluids
- B01L2400/04—Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means
- B01L2400/0403—Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces
- B01L2400/043—Moving fluids with specific forces or mechanical means specific forces magnetic forces
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
- B01L—CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
- B01L2400/00—Moving or stopping fluids
- B01L2400/06—Valves, specific forms thereof
- B01L2400/0677—Valves, specific forms thereof phase change valves; Meltable, freezing, dissolvable plugs; Destructible barriers
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T436/00—Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing
- Y10T436/25—Chemistry: analytical and immunological testing including sample preparation
- Y10T436/25375—Liberation or purification of sample or separation of material from a sample [e.g., filtering, centrifuging, etc.]
Definitions
- the present invention relates to systems, devices, and methods for performing biological reactions.
- the present invention relates to the use of hydrophobic, water-immiscible, or lipophilic barriers in sample separation, purification, modification, and analysis processes.
- Immunoassay separations may be performed by plate washers such as Titertek MAP-C2, BioTek ELx50, Tecan PW 96/384 and others.
- Nucleic acid separations are performed by systems such as the Applied Biosystems PRISMTM 6100, Invitrogen iPrep, Thermo Scientific KingFisher, Promega Maxwell, and others.
- the present invention relates to systems, devices, and methods for performing biological reactions.
- the present invention relates to the use of hydrophobic, water or alcohol-immiscible, or lipophilic barriers in sample separation, purification, modification, and analysis processes.
- the present invention provides a biological sample purification and/or analysis device, comprising: a plurality of sample processing chambers comprising reagents for biological molecule or cell purification, modification, analysis, and/or detection; and a lipophilic substance in between (e.g., separating) two or more of the chambers.
- the lipophilic substance is a wax.
- the wax is a phase change wax that can take liquid or solid forms of pre-determined temperatures.
- the wax takes solid form at storing or shipping temperatures and liquid form at reaction temperature (e.g., room temperature).
- the lipophilic substance is an oil.
- the lipophilic material provides a contiguous barrier between two or more of the chambers (i.e., a sample passes from a first chamber directly into the lipophilic material and directly out of the lipophilic material into the second chamber). In other embodiments, there is air, liquid, or other material between the lipophilic material and one or more of the chambers. In such embodiments, the lipophilic material is positioned such that a sample or biological molecule to be processed passes through the lipophilic material at some point between its transit from a first chamber to a second chamber.
- all of, or a subset of the reaction chambers are dedicated for sample purification.
- one or more reaction chambers contain reagents that cause a sample purification event to occur, including, but not limited to, cell lysis, biological molecule capture, biological molecule separation, and cellular culture, purification, and/or analysis.
- all of, or a subset of the reactions chambers are dedicated for sample modification.
- one or more reaction chambers contain reagents that cause a biological molecule (e.g., nucleic acid, protein, lipid, etc.) or cell modification event to occur, including, but not limited to, amplification, ligation, cleavage, labeling, extension, degradation, association with a ligand, oligomerization, transfection, transformation, transgenesis, division, differentiation, and the like.
- a biological molecule e.g., nucleic acid, protein, lipid, etc.
- cell modification event including, but not limited to, amplification, ligation, cleavage, labeling, extension, degradation, association with a ligand, oligomerization, transfection, transformation, transgenesis, division, differentiation, and the like.
- all of, or a subset of the reaction chambers are dedicated for sample analysis.
- one or more reaction chambers contain reagents or other components that permit detection or other types of analysis of a biological molecule or cells of interest.
- the chambers contain reagents that permit development of a color, fluorescent signal, luminescent signal or other detectable characteristic.
- the chambers are configured to optimize signal detection by a signal reader (e.g., color reader, fluorescence reader, luminescence reader, the human eye, etc.).
- a signal reader e.g., color reader, fluorescence reader, luminescence reader, the human eye, etc.
- One or more of the chambers may be used for multiple different tasks, including purification, modification, analysis, and/or detection.
- the present invention is not limited by the manner in which the chambers are configured or separated from one another.
- the chambers may each be the same size and shape as one another or may be different sizes or shapes. A wide variety of configurations may be used.
- the chambers are wells and the lipophilic barrier sits on top of or below the wells, such that any material that is transferred from one chamber to another, must pass through the lipophilic material by moving up or down, and over.
- the chambers are created by the existence of the lipophilic material.
- a lipophilic material is deposited along one or more points in a channel or channels (e.g., in a glass, plastic, or ceramic tube), to create barriers between zones in the channel or channels.
- the channel may be any size, including small sizes such as capillary tubes or microfluidic channels.
- that chambers and barriers are configured so that a sample or biological molecule of interest must travel through a linear series of reaction chambers.
- a sample or biological molecule in a first reaction chamber may optionally skip one or more other chambers.
- the chambers are housed in a device that has a size or shape configured to fit existing laboratory equipment (e.g., automated robotic arms, plate holders (e.g., 96-well), thermocyclers, fluorescent detectors, etc.).
- channels are used to separate reaction chambers, where all or a portion of the channel contains the lipophilic material.
- the device is configured similar to a 96-well or 384-well plate with channels connecting two more of the wells.
- a pathway between two chambers contains air, water, or other fluids, where the sample passes through the air, water, or other fluid before and/or after entering or leaving the lipophilic material.
- reaction chambers are microwells or microtubes containing hydrophilic solutions and the lipophilic substance is placed on top of or below the solution in a subset of the chambers or in a separate chamber.
- the device comprises a transport mechanism that permits transfer of a desired material from one reaction chamber to another through the lipophilic material.
- a biological molecule of interest is associated with a magnetic particle, such as a magnetic bead, in one of the reaction chambers.
- the biological molecule of interest is moved from one chamber to the other by application of a magnetic field (e.g., from a magnet) that causes the magnetic particle to travel from a first chamber, through the lipophilic barrier, to a second chamber.
- a magnetic field e.g., from a magnet
- an electrical field is created to move biological molecules or components associated with the biological molecules (e.g., ligands, beads, charge tags, etc.), using charge, from one reaction chamber to another.
- centrifugal force is used to move biological molecules of interest from one chamber to another, through the lipophilic barrier.
- pressure from a vacuum or from suction is used to move materials between chambers.
- the present invention is not limited by the mechanism of transport.
- the device comprises a vapor barrier to prevent or reduce the loss of liquid during handling or use.
- the device is composed of a plurality of thin layers of material stacked on one another.
- the layers comprise an aluminum foil layer sandwiched between plastic layers.
- the devices of the invention are provided as a system (e.g., kit) that includes one or more other components that permit sample acquisition, sample handling, sample disposal, data collection, data analysis, and data presentation.
- system e.g., kit
- these components may be separate devices or may be integrated into a single multi-component device.
- These components may include, but are not limited to, medical devices, environmental sample handling devices, protein purification devices, nucleic acid purification devices, computers, software, and the like.
- One or more components of the system or device can be automated.
- one or more components of the system are configured to work without automation.
- a handheld magnet is provided to move samples from one chamber to another, a heat block or water bath is used to create the desired reactions temperatures, a hand held fluorescence detector is used to detect signal or a signal is observed by eye.
- a sample is a biological or environmental sample.
- Biological samples may be obtained from animals (including humans) and encompass fluids, solids, tissues, and gases.
- Biological samples include blood products, such as plasma, serum and the like, as well as cerebrospinal fluid, sputum, bronchial washing, bronchial aspirates, urine, lymph fluids, and various external secretions of the respiratory, intestinal and genitourinary tracts, tears, saliva, milk, white blood cells, myelomas, biological fluids such as cell culture supernatants, tissue (fixed or not fixed), cell (fixed or not fixed), and the like.
- Environmental samples include, but are not limited to, environmental material such as surface matter, soil, water, and industrial samples.
- FIG. 1 shows a cartridge for sample purification and PCR in accord with some embodiments of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 shows a cartridge for sample purification of some embodiments of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 shows layers of a foil laminate used in constructing cartridges of some embodiments of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 shows a drawing of a foil laminate cartridge used in some embodiments of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 shows (a) the position of a permanent magnet with respect to two immiscible fluids and (b) a surface plot of magnetic force on a particle in the x and y directions.
- FIG. 6 shows an experimental set up for estimation of surface tension using the weight drop method.
- FIG. 7 shows an illustration of the various stages of a sandwich assay in a tube-based microfluidic system.
- FIG. 8 shows a plot of FL1 height verses Log (Biotin concentration).
- FIG. 9 shows a plot of events recorded by the flow cytometer verses forward scatter, side scatter and FL1 height.
- FIG. 10 shows an illustration of the movement of streptavidin coated magnetic particles from one capillary to another followed by reaction with biotin.
- FIG. 11 a shows the signal of streptavidin coated particles after moving through oil containing a fluorescent dye.
- FIG. 11 b shows the signal of streptavidin coated particles after moving through oil containing a fluorescent dye followed by agitation of the particles in PBS buffer.
- FIG. 12 shows a schematic of a two-chamber cuvette used in some embodiments of the present invention.
- FIG. 13 shows a schematic of a two-chamber cuvette used in some embodiments of the present invention.
- FIG. 14 shows qRT-PCR for HIV-1 from plasma using an immiscible phase filter (IPF) method: Standard curve of C t values for 4 different RNA concentrations run in duplicate plotted verses the log 10 of the HIV-1 viral copy number.
- IPF immiscible phase filter
- FIG. 16 shows IPF quantification by qPCR of Chlamydia from urine samples.
- FIG. 17 shows IPF quantification by qPCR of gonorrhea from urine samples.
- FIG. 18 shows Bland-Altman plot comparing the IPF and manual method of purification of Chlamydia.
- FIG. 19 shows a Bland-Altman plot comparing the IPF and manual method of purification of gonorrhea.
- FIG. 20 shows IPF PCR for proviral DNA from 25 ⁇ L WB.
- FIG. 21 shows a Bland-Altman plot comparing the IPF and manual method of purification.
- lipophilic material refers to any substance which is substantially immiscible in water, alcohol, or other hydrophilic or aqueous fluid.
- lipophilic materials of the present invention have a low solubility for substances that interfere with a particular biological process such as nucleic amplification or biomolecule detection.
- lipophilic materials of the invention have a low vapor pressure. Lipophilic substances tend to interact within themselves and with other substances through van der Waals forces. They have little to no capacity to form hydrogen bonds. Lipophilic substances typically have large o/w (oil/water) partition coefficients.
- Water insoluble and “hydrophobic” materials are used synonymously in this specification.
- the terms include polymers that are practically insoluble in water and freely soluble in volatile lipophilic solvents such as methylene chloride and non-volatile hydrophilic solvents, particularly N-methyl pyrollidone (NMP).
- volatile lipophilic solvents such as methylene chloride and non-volatile hydrophilic solvents, particularly N-methyl pyrollidone (NMP).
- NMP N-methyl pyrollidone
- Water-miscible or “hydrophilic” materials refer to an organic liquid that can be diluted with at least an equal part of water without separation.
- a property of “water-immiscible” or “lipophilic” materials is that they cannot be diluted with at least an equal part of water without separation.
- “Purified polypeptide” or “purified protein” or “purified nucleic acid” means a polypeptide or nucleic acid of interest or fragment thereof which is essentially free of, e.g., contains less than about 50%, preferably less than about 70%, and more preferably less than about 90%, cellular components with which the polypeptide or polynucleocide of interest is naturally associated.
- isolated means that the material is removed from its original environment (e.g., the natural environment if it is naturally occurring).
- a naturally-occurring polynucleotide or polypeptide present in a living animal is not isolated, but the same polynucleotide or DNA or polypeptide, which is separated from some or all of the coexisting materials in the natural system, is isolated.
- Such polynucleotide could be part of a vector and/or such polynucleotide or polypeptide could be part of a composition, and still be isolated in that the vector or composition is not part of its natural environment.
- Polypeptide and “protein” are used interchangeably herein and include all polypeptides as described below.
- the basic structure of polypeptides is well known and has been described in innumerable textbooks and other publications in the art.
- the term is used herein to refer to any peptide or protein comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other in a linear chain by peptide bonds.
- the term refers to both short chains, which also commonly are referred to in the art as peptides, oligopeptides and oligomers, for example, and to longer chains, which generally are referred to in the art as proteins, of which there are many types.
- polypeptides often contain amino acids other than the 20 amino acids commonly referred to as the 20 naturally occurring amino acids, and that many amino acids, including the terminal amino acids, may be modified in a given polypeptide, either by natural processes, such as processing and other post-translational modifications, but also by chemical modification techniques which are well known to the art. Even the common modifications that occur naturally in polypeptides are too numerous to list exhaustively here, but they are well described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs, as well as in a voluminous research literature, and they are well known to those of skill in the art.
- polypeptides of the present are, to name an illustrative few, acetylation, acylation, ADP-ribosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a lipid of lipid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphatidylinositol, cross-linking, cyclization, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of covalent cross-links, formation of cystine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation, gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation, iodination, methylation, myrisoylation, oxidation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, selenoylation, sulfation, transfer-RNA mediated addition of amino acids to proteins such as
- polypeptides are not always entirely linear.
- polypeptides may be branched as a result of ubiquitination, and they may be circular, with or without branching, generally as a result of posttranslational events, including natural processing events and events brought about by human manipulation which do not occur naturally.
- Circular, branched, and branched circular polypeptides may be synthesized by non-translational natural process and by entirely synthetic methods as well.
- Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl termini.
- blockage of the amino or carboxyl group in a polypeptide, or both, by a covalent modification is common in naturally occurring and synthetic polypeptides.
- the amino terminal residue of polypeptides made in E. coli prior to proteolytic processing, almost invariably will be N-formylmethionine.
- polypeptides made by expressing a cloned gene in a host for instance, the nature and extent of the modifications in large part will be determined by the host cell posttranslational modification capacity and the modification signals present in the polypeptide amino acid sequence.
- glycosylation often does not occur in bacterial hosts such as E. coli .
- a polypeptide should be expressed in a glycosylating host, generally a eukaryotic cell. Insect cells often carry out the same posttranslational glycosylations as mammalian cells, and, for this reason, insect cell expression systems have been developed to express efficiently mammalian proteins having native patterns of glycosylation. Similar considerations apply to other modifications.
- polypeptide encompasses all such modifications, particularly those that are present in polypeptides synthesized by expressing a polynucleotide in a host cell.
- mature polypeptide refers to a polypeptide which has undergone a complete, post-translational modification appropriate for the subject polypeptide and the cell of origin.
- a “fragment” of a specified polypeptide refers to an amino acid sequence which comprises at least about 3-5 amino acids, more preferably at least about 8-10 amino acids, and even more preferably at least about 15-20 amino acids derived from the specified polypeptide.
- immunologically identifiable with/as refers to the presence of epitope(s) and polypeptide(s) which also are present in and are unique to the designated polypeptide(s). Immunological identity may be determined by antibody binding and/or competition in binding. The uniqueness of an epitope also can be determined by computer searches of known data banks, such as GenBank, for the polynucleotide sequence which encodes the epitope and by amino acid sequence comparisons with other known proteins.
- epitope means an antigenic determinant of a polypeptide or protein.
- an epitope can comprise three amino acids in a spatial conformation which is unique to the epitope.
- an epitope consists of at least five such amino acids and more usually, it consists of at least eight to ten amino acids.
- Methods of examining spatial conformation include, for example, x-ray crystallography and two-dimensional nuclear magnetic resonance.
- a “conformational epitope” is an epitope that is comprised of a specific juxtaposition of amino acids in an immunologically recognizable structure, such amino acids being present on the same polypeptide in a contiguous or non-contiguous order or present on different polypeptides.
- a polypeptide is “immunologically reactive” with an antibody when it binds to an antibody due to antibody recognition of a specific epitope contained within the polypeptide. Immunological reactivity may be determined by antibody binding, more particularly, by the kinetics of antibody binding, and/or by competition in binding using as competitor(s) a known polypeptide(s) containing an epitope against which the antibody is directed. The methods for determining whether a polypeptide is immunologically reactive with an antibody are known in the art.
- immunogenic polypeptide containing an epitope of interest means naturally occurring polypeptides of interest or fragments thereof, as well as polypeptides prepared by other means, for example, by chemical synthesis or the expression of the polypeptide in a recombinant organism.
- “Purified product” refers to a preparation of the product which has been isolated from the cellular constituents with which the product is normally associated and from other types of cells which may be present in the sample of interest.
- analyte is the substance to be detected which may be present in the test sample, including, biological molecules of interest, small molecules, pathogens, and the like.
- the analyte can include a protein, a polypeptide, an amino acid, a nucleotide target and the like.
- the analyte can be soluble in a body fluid such as blood, blood plasma or serum, urine or the like.
- the analyte can be in a tissue, either on a cell surface or within a cell.
- the analyte can be on or in a cell dispersed in a body fluid such as blood, urine, breast aspirate, or obtained as a biopsy sample.
- a “specific binding member,” as used herein, is a member of a specific binding pair. That is, two different molecules where one of the molecules, through chemical or physical means, specifically binds to the second molecule. Therefore, in addition to antigen and antibody specific binding pairs of common immunoassays, other specific binding pairs can include biotin and avidin, carbohydrates and lectins, complementary nucleotide sequences, effector and receptor molecules, cofactors and enzymes, enzyme inhibitors, and enzymes and the like. Furthermore, specific binding pairs can include members that are analogs of the original specific binding members, for example, an analyte-analog. Immunoreactive specific binding members include antigens, antigen fragments, antibodies and antibody fragments, both monoclonal and polyclonal and complexes thereof, including those formed by recombinant DNA molecules.
- Specific binding members include “specific binding molecules.”
- a “specific binding molecule” intends any specific binding member, particularly an immunoreactive specific binding member.
- the term “specific binding molecule” encompasses antibody molecules (obtained from both polyclonal and monoclonal preparations), as well as, the following: hybrid (chimeric) antibody molecules (see, for example, Winter, et al., Nature 349: 293-299 (1991), and U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567); F(ab').sub.2 and F(ab) fragments; Fv molecules (non-covalent heterodimers, see, for example, Inbar, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- hapten refers to a partial antigen or non-protein binding member which is capable of binding to an antibody, but which is not capable of eliciting antibody formation unless coupled to a carrier protein.
- a “capture reagent,” as used herein, refers to an unlabeled specific binding member which is specific either for the analyte as in a sandwich assay, for the indicator reagent or analyte as in a competitive assay, or for an ancillary specific binding member, which itself is specific for the analyte, as in an indirect assay.
- the capture reagent can be directly or indirectly bound to a solid phase material before the performance of the assay or during the performance of the assay, thereby enabling the separation of immobilized complexes from the test sample.
- the “indicator reagent” comprises a “signal-generating compound” (“label”) which is capable of generating and generates a measurable signal detectable by external means.
- the indicator reagent is conjugated (“attached”) to a specific binding member.
- the indicator reagent also can be a member of any specific binding pair, including either hapten-anti-hapten systems such as biotin or anti-biotin, avidin or biotin, a carbohydrate or a lectin, a complementary nucleotide sequence, an effector or a receptor molecule, an enzyme cofactor and an enzyme, an enzyme inhibitor or an enzyme and the like.
- An immunoreactive specific binding member can be an antibody, an antigen, or an antibody/antigen complex that is capable of binding either to the polypeptide of interest as in a sandwich assay, to the capture reagent as in a competitive assay, or to the ancillary specific binding member as in an indirect assay.
- reporter molecule comprises a signal generating compound as described hereinabove conjugated to a specific binding member of a specific binding pair, such as carbazole or adamantane.
- labels include chromagens, catalysts such as enzymes, luminescent compounds such as fluorescein and rhodamine, chemiluminescent compounds such as dioxetanes, acridiniums, phenanthridiniums and luminol, radioactive elements and direct visual labels.
- luminescent compounds such as fluorescein and rhodamine
- chemiluminescent compounds such as dioxetanes, acridiniums, phenanthridiniums and luminol
- radioactive elements include direct visual labels.
- enzymes include alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, beta-galactosidase and the like.
- the selection of a particular label is not critical, but it should be capable of producing a signal either by itself or in conjunction with one or more additional substances.
- Solid phases (“solid supports”) are known to those in the art and include the walls of wells of a reaction tray, test tubes, polystyrene beads, magnetic or non-magnetic beads, nitrocellulose strips, membranes, microparticles such as latex particles, and others.
- the “solid phase” is not critical and can be selected by one skilled in the art.
- latex particles, microparticles, magnetic or non-magnetic beads, membranes, plastic tubes, walls of microtiter wells, glass or silicon chips are all suitable examples. It is contemplated and within the scope of the present invention that the solid phase also can comprise any suitable porous material.
- the terms “detect”, “detecting”, or “detection” may describe either the general act of discovering or discerning or the specific observation of a detectably labeled composition.
- polynucleotide refers to a polymer of ribonucleic acid (RNA), deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), modified RNA or DNA, or RNA or DNA mimetics. This term, therefore, includes polynucleotides composed of naturally-occurring nucleobases, sugars and covalent internucleoside (backbone) linkages as well as polynucleotides having non-naturally-occurring portions which function similarly. Such modified or substituted polynucleotides are well-known in the art and for the purposes of the present invention, are referred to as “analogues.”
- nucleic acid molecule refers to any nucleic acid containing molecule, including but not limited to, DNA or RNA.
- the term encompasses sequences that include any of the known base analogs of DNA and RNA including, but not limited to, 4-acetylcytosine, 8-hydroxy-N6-methyladenosine, aziridinylcytosine, pseudoisocytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methyladenine, 1-methylpseudouracil, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-methyladenine,
- gene refers to a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) sequence that comprises coding sequences necessary for the production of a polypeptide, precursor, or RNA (e.g., rRNA, tRNA).
- the polypeptide can be encoded by a full length coding sequence or by any portion of the coding sequence so long as the desired activity or functional properties (e.g., enzymatic activity, ligand binding, signal transduction, immunogenicity, etc.) of the full-length or fragment are retained.
- the term also encompasses the coding region of a structural gene and the sequences located adjacent to the coding region on both the 5′ and 3′ ends for a distance of about 1 kb or more on either end such that the gene corresponds to the length of the full-length mRNA. Sequences located 5′ of the coding region and present on the mRNA are referred to as 5′ non-translated sequences. Sequences located 3′ or downstream of the coding region and present on the mRNA are referred to as 3′ non-translated sequences.
- the term “gene” encompasses both cDNA and genomic forms of a gene.
- a genomic form or clone of a gene contains the coding region interrupted with non-coding sequences termed “introns” or “intervening regions” or “intervening sequences.”
- Introns are segments of a gene that are transcribed into nuclear RNA (hnRNA); introns may contain regulatory elements such as enhancers. Introns are removed or “spliced out” from the nuclear or primary transcript; introns therefore are absent in the messenger RNA (mRNA) transcript.
- mRNA messenger RNA
- nucleic acid amplification reagents includes conventional reagents employed in amplification reactions and includes, but is not limited to, one or more enzymes having polymerase activity, enzyme cofactors (such as magnesium or nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD)), salts, buffers, deoxynucleotide triphosphates (dNTPs; for example, deoxyadenosine triphosphate, deoxyguanosine triphosphate, deoxycytidine triphosphate and deoxythymidine triphosphate) and other reagents that modulate the activity of the polymerase enzyme or the specificity of the primers.
- enzyme cofactors such as magnesium or nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD)
- NAD nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide
- dNTPs deoxynucleotide triphosphates
- dNTPs deoxyadenosine triphosphate,
- complementarity are used in reference to polynucleotides (i.e., a sequence of nucleotides such as an oligonucleotide or a target nucleic acid) related by the base-pairing rules. Complementarity may be “partial,” in which only some of the nucleic acids' bases are matched according to the base pairing rules. Or, there may be “complete” or “total” complementarity between the nucleic acids. The degree of complementarity between nucleic acid strands has significant effects on the efficiency and strength of hybridization between nucleic acid strands. This is of particular importance in amplification reactions, as well as detection methods which depend upon binding between nucleic acids.
- homology refers to a degree of identity. There may be partial homology or complete homology. A partially identical sequence is one that is less than 100% identical to another sequence.
- hybridization is used in reference to the pairing of complementary nucleic acids. Hybridization and the strength of hybridization (i.e., the strength of the association between the nucleic acids) is impacted by such factors as the degree of complementary between the nucleic acids, stringency of the conditions involved, the Tm of the formed hybrid, and the G:C ratio within the nucleic acids.
- Tm is used in reference to the “melting temperature.”
- the melting temperature is the temperature at which a population of double-stranded nucleic acid molecules becomes half dissociated into single strands.
- stringency is used in reference to the conditions of temperature, ionic strength, and the presence of other compounds, under which nucleic acid hybridizations are conducted. With “high stringency” conditions, nucleic acid base pairing will occur only between nucleic acid fragments that have a high frequency of complementary base sequences. Thus, conditions of “weak” or “low” stringency are often required when it is desired that nucleic acids which are not completely complementary to one another be hybridized or annealed together.
- wild-type refers to a gene or gene product which has the characteristics of that gene or gene product when isolated from a naturally occurring source.
- a wild-type gene is that which is most frequently observed in a population and is thus arbitrarily designed the “normal” or “wild-type” form of the gene.
- modified or mutant refers to a gene or gene product which displays modifications in sequence and or functional properties (i.e., altered characteristics) when compared to the wild-type gene or gene product. It is noted that naturally-occurring mutants can be isolated; these are identified by the fact that they have altered characteristics when compared to the wild-type gene or gene product.
- oligonucleotide as used herein is defined as a molecule comprised of two or more deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, preferably at least 5 nucleotides, more preferably at least about 10-15 nucleotides and more preferably at least about 15 to 30 nucleotides, or longer. The exact size will depend on many factors, which in turn depends on the ultimate function or use of the oligonucleotide.
- the oligonucleotide may be generated in any manner, including chemical synthesis, DNA replication, reverse transcription, or a combination thereof.
- an end of an oligonucleotide is referred to as the “5′ end” if its 5′ phosphate is not linked to the 3′ oxygen of a mononucleotide pentose ring and as the “3′ end” if its 3′ oxygen is not linked to a 5′ phosphate of a subsequent mononucleotide pentose ring.
- a nucleic acid sequence even if internal to a larger oligonucleotide, also may be said to have 5′ and 3′ ends.
- a first region along a nucleic acid strand is said to be upstream of another region if the 3′ end of the first region is before the 5′ end of the second region when moving along a strand of nucleic acid in a 5′ to 3′ direction.
- the former When two different, non-overlapping oligonucleotides anneal to different regions of the same linear complementary nucleic acid sequence, and the 3′ end of one oligonucleotide points towards the 5′ end of the other, the former may be called the “upstream” oligonucleotide and the latter the “downstream” oligonucleotide.
- primer refers to an oligonucleotide which is capable of acting as a point of initiation of synthesis when placed under conditions in which primer extension is initiated.
- An oligonucleotide “primer” may occur naturally, as in a purified restriction digest or may be produced synthetically.
- the present invention relates to systems, devices, and methods for performing biological reactions.
- the present invention relates to the use of lipophilic barriers in sample separation, purification, modification, and analysis processes.
- the systems, devices, and methods of the invention may be configured, if desired, as inexpensive and easy-to-use sample purification and/or modification and/or analysis and/or detection systems.
- embodiments of the present invention, described herein provide an economical means for widespread biological molecule detection, analysis, and characterization.
- These systems, device, and methods find many uses.
- nucleic acid and protein analysis particularly for monitoring HIV infection and status, are provided below.
- the invention is not limited to these illustrative embodiments.
- the systems, devices, and methods of the invention are utilized in conjunction with existing, complex, expensive sample separation, purification, modification, and analysis equipments.
- the approaches of the present invention are used for sample preparation (e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide purification) prior to modification and/or analysis using traditional equipment (e.g., thermocyclers, mass spectrometers, NMR devices, etc.).
- sample preparation e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide purification
- traditional equipment e.g., thermocyclers, mass spectrometers, NMR devices, etc.
- the development of affordable and simple HIV viral load assays is a critical step for improving the quality of AIDS patient care in the developing world. This would require automating complex diagnostic procedures that are normally performed in a centralized laboratory into small point of care (POC) devices; this capability could empower health-care workers and patients with important health-related information in even the most remote settings.
- the required HIV viral load assay should preferably deliver answers at the point of care, but moving it from remote central laboratories to district hospital labs closer to the patient will improve outcomes.
- Such a device will perform separation, amplification, and detection of HIV with a short turnaround time and at an affordable cost. A short time is critical since it would reduce the number of machines needed in a clinic and reduce the time spent by the patient at the clinic, thereby reducing the actual cost.
- sample processing is typically the most troublesome part of these tests.
- sample-processing procedures involve many steps, often requiring centrifugation and extraction steps.
- these methods often do not adequately purify the target nucleic acid. They often leave inhibitory or interfering substances in the reaction mixture that can cause inhibition of the amplification reaction and result in false-negative results.
- the manual nature of current sample-processing techniques also can lead to specimen cross-contamination, which can cause false-positive results.
- Performing field-use or near-patient NATs involves even more challenges, especially since they will inevitably be conducted by less-experienced users in non-laboratory environments.
- the following systems have recently been developed for deployment of NATs in the field.
- the GeneXpert system by Cepheid is one of the first PCR-based instruments that integrate sample preparation, amplification, and detection.
- the disposable single-test GeneXpert sample-preparation cartridge consists of four functional components: the cap, the cartridge body, the valve body assembly, and the micro volume PCR reaction tube.
- the cartridge body is divided internally into a number of chambers of various sizes and functions, some containing the lyophilized reagent beads, and each with a port at the bottom for fluidic inflow and outflow.
- the chambers are radially arranged around the syringe barrel in the center.
- the valve body assembly located below the cartridge body, is the site of cell lysing and DNA purification, under software control, a rotary valve on the instrument moves the valve body assembly so that fluids can be aspirated from or dispensed into the appropriate chamber for mixing, dilution, and washing, according to the programmed assay protocol.
- the reaction tube which projects from the cartridge, receives the prepared sample and interfaces with the PCR reactor for amplification and detection of the target analyte.
- the operator opens the cartridge cap and loads the liquid sample into the sample chamber. When the operator closes the cap, the cartridge is permanently sealed throughout the testing procedure and biohazard disposal, eliminating any risk of cross-contamination of samples.
- Cells are lysed by agitating tiny glass beads in the valve body assembly by ultrasound generated directly below the cartridge.
- the extracted DNA flows into a micro fluidic channel containing immobilized DNA probes that DNA as the cellular debris flows over.
- the bound DNA is later released from its attachment site and washed off for PCR amplification.
- Liat Molecular Analyzer Another system developed by IQuum Inc (Allston, Mass.) is the Liat Molecular Analyzer based on its proprietary lab-in-a-tube (Liat) technology platform.
- the Liat tube uses a flexible tube as the sample vessel and contains all assay reagents pre-packed in tube segments.
- the unit-dose reagents and internal controls can be held separately in a series of tube segments in the order they are used for an assay by using peelable seals.
- the peelable seal is formed by a thermal weld of the plastic tube. By applying pressure to the tube segments adjacent to each seal, the seal can burst open to release reagents.
- multiple sample-processor modules are aligned with the Liar tube.
- Each module consists of an actuator and a clamp, whose positions can be controlled to manipulate a test sample within a tube.
- a retractable magnet is attached to one of the modules for manipulating magnetic beads.
- the actuators and clamps compress the tube sequentially to move the reagents and controls from one segment to another.
- various sample processes can be conducted within a tube. Such processes include adjusting a liquid's volume in a segment; releasing a reagent to the adjacent segment; mixing reagents and samples; agitating and incubating a reaction mixture at a given temperature; and washing and removing waste from a segment. Waste is moved toward a waste chamber in the cap while the purified sample moves further down the tube. In the lowest chamber, the released DNA is amplified.
- the GeneXpert is still moderately complex to operate and has to be operated by a trained technician. Since it requires the user to pipette liquid in the field, a precision measuring instrument would be needed which further increases the cost of the system.
- the Liar Molecular Analyzer does not involve measuring precise liquid volumes in the field, it is expensive because of the complex mechanical system needed to move fluids accurately.
- the Liat tube is difficult to manufacture, which makes quality control difficult.
- the tube is difficult to store and has leakage problems.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide an alternative approach to address the problem in the use of magnetic micro particles as carriers to move molecules from one reaction media to the next and remove all fluid flow from the system. Such an approach where magnetic particles are manipulated using magnetic forces allows one to carry out complex chemical reaction such as viral load testing is a closed cartridge at a low cost.
- the system can be automated, allowing for the construction of a portable, reliable instrument for viral load tests with no contamination problems. While the current system is exemplified for sample purification of HIV viral RNA, the platform can easily be extended to other nucleic acid tests and immunoassays, as well as detection of other biological molecules or non-biological molecule of interest.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide devices used to perform sample purification and analysis assays in a single instrument.
- one exemplary embodiment See e.g., Example 1) it involves the use of magnetic particles as a solid phase for capture of RNA, subsequent purification and release of RNA to carry out amplification and detection.
- the solid phase may be a micro titer well, a micro particle, or packed column. Even when the solid phase is paramagnetic particles (PMP), assays are typically processed by magnetically capturing the micro particles and exchanging solutions in a single container.
- Embodiments of the invention use multiple chambers to hold the test sample and water-based or water-alcohol mixture wash buffers and the buffer for carrying out analysis.
- the water based solutions in the chambers are separated by a lipophilic material (e.g., a wax or oil) which is immiscible with the solutions. This is illustrated, in some embodiments, with a wax material and wells.
- the wax in the different wells connects to each other forming a wax channel ( FIG. 1 ).
- the wax can be solidified for storage and transport.
- the wax is melted and the PMP are dragged up into the wax and moved from one compartment to the next by passing them through the wax.
- Magnetic fields are used to generate the force required to move the PMP and pass them through the interface between the water based solution and the wax.
- the maximum force is used to move the particles across the interface and a flexible top plate is used to get the magnet close to the interface and reduce the strength of the magnet required to generate the force.
- Moving PMP instead of fluids eliminates the need for pumps and aspirators in automated processors and the need of trained technician to aliquot liquids.
- the use of wax eliminates the need for valves between compartments in single-use test cartridges used in point-of-care analyzers. It also reduces the amount of inhibitors carried over from one chamber to the next by reducing the amount of liquid being carried over from one well to the next. Since the force used to move the particles is magnetic, the system can be completely closed, significantly reducing the risk of contamination, which is a major problem in a sensitive assay such as PCR.
- the present invention provides the ability to produce and use low cost devices for sample preparation and analysis.
- the devices are single-use or multiple use and disposable.
- the devices utilize a plastic (or other material) cartridge comprising a plurality of sample processing (e.g., sample preparation and/or analysis) wells. Each well comprises a reagent for sample preparation or analysis. The nature of the reagents depends on the particular sample and analysis methods to be employed.
- the cartridge is composed of any material that is chemically inert and provides adequate mechanical strength.
- the cartridge is constructed using a foil laminate that comprises an aluminum layer for vapor barrier purposes and inert polymer layers in contact with reagents.
- RNA e.g., viral detection or load assays
- the cartridge be RNA and RNAse free. Sterilization methods known in the art can be utilized to sterilize cartridges prior to use.
- the cartridges of embodiments of the present invention are covered with a material that segregates the sample processing chambers.
- the material is any lipophilic material that has phase change characteristics and is immiscible with the reagents for sample preparation and analysis and substances in the sample which can interfere with amplification and detection.
- the material is a wax.
- the wax is a liquid at room temperature.
- the wax is a solid at room temperature and a liquid at a temperature suitable for reactions.
- the lipophilic material is an oil. The lipophilic material may be selected as optimal for use with a particular molecule of interest in terms of temperature use, size exclusion, stability, and the like.
- the lipophilic material separates the sample processing chambers. In other embodiments, the lipophilic material is located in between chambers but does not form the physical barrier between the chambers. In such embodiments, the sample may pass through air or other reagents before or after passing through the lipophilic material.
- liphophilic materials are immiscible in water and alcohol, exhibit low solubility in water (e.g., ppm), are chemically inert, have melting and boiling points compatible with assay processing (for example, perfluorohexame has a by of 56° C.), have a specific gravity different from water (e.g., float or sink in water), have a low coefficient of expansion, and are stable at 50° C. for long periods of time (e.g., weeks, months, or years).
- lipophilic materials that find use in embodiments of the invention include, but are not limited to, Chill-Out 14 wax (MJ Research), paraffin waxes such as IGI 1070A, microcrystalline waxes such as IGI Micosere 5788A, soy and palm waxes such as IGI R2322A, candle waxes such as IGI 6036A, thermoset waxes such as IGI Astorstat 75, hot melt adhesives, atactic polypropylene and polyolefin compounds, petroleum waxes, and dental waxes.
- paraffin waxes such as IGI 1070A
- microcrystalline waxes such as IGI Micosere 5788A
- soy and palm waxes such as IGI R2322A
- candle waxes such as IGI 6036A
- thermoset waxes such as IGI Astorstat 75
- hot melt adhesives atactic polypropylene and polyolefin compounds
- petroleum waxes and dental waxes.
- natural waxes such as animal waxes (e.g., beeswax, lanolin, or) tallow, vegetable waxes (e.g., carnauba, candelilla, and soy) or mineral waxes such as fossil or earth (e.g., ceresin or montan) or petroleum (e.g., paraffin or microcrystalline) waxes are utilized.
- synthetic (man-made) waxes such as ethylenic polymers (e.g., polyethylene or polyol ether-esters), chlorinated naphthalenes or hydrocarbon type waxes (e.g. Fischer-Tropsch) are utilized.
- oils such as mineral oil, paraffin oil, silicon oil, fluorosilicone, fluorocarbon oil (e.g., Fluorinert FC-40 from 3M), perfluorocarbon fluids (e.g., Flutec® Fluids from F2Chemicals), perfluorodecalin (e.g., P9900 from Aldrich, Flutec PP6, FluoroMed APF-140HP), perfluoroperhydrophenanthrene (e.g., FluoroMed APF-215M) or perfluorooctylbromide (e.g., FluoroMed APF-PFOB) are utilized.
- fluorinert FC-40 from 3M
- perfluorocarbon fluids e.g., Flutec® Fluids from F2Chemicals
- perfluorodecalin e.g., P9900 from Aldrich, Flutec PP6, FluoroMed APF-140HP
- perfluoroperhydrophenanthrene e.g
- Additional barrier materials include, but are not limited to, 1,4-Dioxane, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, tert-butanol, cyclohexanone, methylene chloride, tert-Amyl alcohol, tert-Butyl methyl ether, butyl acetate, hexanol, nitrobenzene, toluene, octanol, octane, propylene carbonate, and tetramethvlene sulfone (See e.g., Chin et al., Biotechnology and Bioengineering 44:140 (1994); herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
- ECOENGTM 21M 1-Butyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate ECOENGTM 21M , 1-Ethyl-3-hydroxymethylpyridinium ethylsulfate, Butylmethylpyrrolidiniumbis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide, ECOENGTM 212, or ECOENGTM 1111P (all available from Solvent Innovations) are utilized as barrier materials.
- the reagents provided in the different compartments of the device may be any reagent for performing sample preparation and analysis. Examples include, but are not limited to, cell lysis buffer, wash buffers, affinity reagents, elution buffers, and reaction components for biological assays.
- the devices of the present invention are suitable for the purification of a variety of biological molecules including, but not limited to, nucleic acids (e.g., RNA, genomic DNA, oligonucleotides and the like), proteins (e.g., peptides, peptide fragments, oligomeric proteins, protein complexes, membrane proteins, and the like), and antibodies.
- the devices of the present invention are suitable for carrying out any number of biological assays including, but not limited to, amplification of RNA or DNA (e.g., PCR, TMA, NASBA), detection of nucleic acids (e.g., hybridization assays), and immunoassays.
- biological assays including, but not limited to, amplification of RNA or DNA (e.g., PCR, TMA, NASBA), detection of nucleic acids (e.g., hybridization assays), and immunoassays.
- the device includes a component to transport sample from one compartment of the device to the next.
- samples are associated with magnetic beads and the transport component is a magnet.
- the transport component generates electric current to transport sample.
- centrifugal force is utilized to transport sample and the transport component generates such force (e.g., by movement of the device).
- a fluid with a specific gravity greater than water is used such that the fluid moves without mechanical intervention.
- the device includes a detection component to detect a labeled or otherwise presence biological sample or assay product.
- a detection component to detect a labeled or otherwise presence biological sample or assay product. Examples include, but are not limited to, spectrophotometers, mass spectrometers, NMR, microscopy and the like.
- products are read directly from the final compartment of the device (e.g., using a window for spectroscopy). In other embodiments, products are removed from the device (e.g., using an automated component of the device) for detection.
- Embodiments of the present invention further provide a device comprising fluidic chamber of reactants (e.g., a vertical column) separated by a “wall” of lipophilic material which prevents the reactants from mixing but allows microparticles to cross (e.g., magnetic particles transported by a magnet).
- fluidic chamber of reactants e.g., a vertical column
- wall of lipophilic material which prevents the reactants from mixing but allows microparticles to cross (e.g., magnetic particles transported by a magnet).
- the device and its use are automated.
- An automated system comprises a device for sample purification and analysis, a transport component for moving sample through the device, and any additional components necessary, sufficient or useful for the automation of the process (e.g. pre-processing reagents and sample transport or post analysis detection or further analysis components).
- the transport component comprises a magnet that moves between chambers of the device. In other embodiments, the device moves relative to a stationary magnet or other transport device.
- the present invention provides sample preparation and analysis devices and methods of using the devices.
- the sample is biological sample.
- a sample may be cells (e.g. cells suspected of being infected with a virus), tissue (e.g., biopsy samples), blood, urine, semen, or a fraction thereof (e.g., plasma, serum, urine supernatant, urine cell pellet or prostate cells), which may be obtained from a patient or other source of biological material, e.g., autopsy sample or forensic material.
- the sample Prior to contacting the sample with the device or as a component of the device or automated system, the sample may be processed to isolate or enrich the sample for the desired molecules.
- a variety of techniques that use standard laboratory practices may be used for this purpose, such as, e.g., centrifugation, immunocapture, cell lysis, and nucleic acid target capture.
- the methods of embodiments of the present invention are utilized to purify and/or analyze intact cells (e.g., prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells).
- intact cells e.g., prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells.
- the devices of the present invention are utilized in sample preparation and purification. Any suitable methods for purification may be utilized, including but not limited to, target capture, washes, precipitations and the like.
- sample purification is carried out entirely in the device and does not require any additional purification steps. Purification may occur in one or more reaction chambers. This decreases the complexity of purification and reduces cost.
- One of skill in the art recognizes that the particular purification method is dependent on the nature of the target biological sample.
- the purified sample may be detected using any suitable methods, including, but not limited to, those disclosed herein.
- suitable methods including, but not limited to, those disclosed herein.
- the description below provides exemplary techniques for biological molecules such as nucleic acids and proteins. Other techniques may be applied for biological molecules or non-biological molecules, as desired or needed.
- nucleic modification/analysis/detection methods include, but are not limited to, nucleic acid sequencing, nucleic acid hybridization, and nucleic acid amplification.
- Illustrative non-limiting examples of nucleic acid sequencing techniques include, but are not limited to, chain terminator (Sanger) sequencing and dye terminator sequencing. Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that because RNA is less stable in the cell and more prone to nuclease attack experimentally RNA is usually reverse transcribed to DNA before sequencing.
- nucleic acid hybridization techniques include, but are not limited to, in situ hybridization (ISH), microarray, and Southern or Northern blot. Nucleic acids may be amplified prior to or simultaneous with detection.
- nucleic acid amplification techniques include, but are not limited to, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), transcription-mediated amplification (TMA), ligase chain reaction (LCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), and nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA).
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- RT-PCR reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction
- TMA transcription-mediated amplification
- LCR ligase chain reaction
- SDA strand displacement amplification
- NASBA nucleic acid sequence based amplification
- PCR The polymerase chain reaction (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202, 4,800,159 and 4,965,188, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as PCR, uses multiple cycles of denaturation, annealing of primer pairs to opposite strands, and primer extension to exponentially increase copy numbers of a target nucleic acid sequence.
- RT-PCR reverse transcriptase (RT) is used to make a complementary DNA (cDNA) from mRNA, and the cDNA is then amplified by PCR to produce multiple copies of DNA.
- cDNA complementary DNA
- TMA Transcription mediated amplification
- a target nucleic acid sequence autocatalytically under conditions of substantially constant temperature, ionic strength, and pH in which multiple RNA copies of the target sequence autocatalytically generate additional copies.
- TMA optionally incorporates the use of blocking moieties, terminating moieties, and other modifying moieties to improve TMA process sensitivity and accuracy.
- the ligase chain reaction (Weiss, R., Science 254: 1292 (1991), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as LCR, uses two sets of complementary DNA oligonucleotides that hybridize to adjacent regions of the target nucleic acid.
- the DNA oligonucleotides are covalently linked by a DNA ligase in repeated cycles of thermal denaturation, hybridization and ligation to produce a detectable double-stranded ligated oligonucleotide product.
- Strand displacement amplification (Walker, G. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 392-396 (1992); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,270,184 and 5,455,166, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as SDA, uses cycles of annealing pairs of primer sequences to opposite strands of a target sequence, primer extension in the presence of a dNTPaS to produce a duplex hemiphosphorothioated primer extension product, endonuclease-mediated nicking of a hemimodified restriction endonuclease recognition site, and polymerase-mediated primer extension from the 3′ end of the nick to displace an existing strand and produce a strand for the next round of primer annealing, nicking and strand displacement, resulting in geometric amplification of product.
- Thermophilic SDA (tSDA) uses thermophilic endonucleases and polymer
- amplification methods include, for example: nucleic acid sequence based amplification (U.S. Pat. No. 5,130,238, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as NASBA; one that uses an RNA replicase to amplify the probe molecule itself (Lizardi et al., BioTechnol. 6: 1197 (1988), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as Q ⁇ replicase; a transcription based amplification method (Kwoh et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:1173 (1989)); and, self-sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- Non-amplified or amplified target nucleic acids can be detected by any conventional means.
- target mRNA can be detected by hybridization with a detectably labeled probe and measurement of the resulting hybrids. Illustrative non-limiting examples of detection methods are described below.
- Hybridization Protection Assay involves hybridizing a chemiluminescent oligonucleotide probe (e.g., an acridinium ester-labeled (AE) probe) to the target sequence, selectively hydrolyzing the chemiluminescent label present on unhybridized probe, and measuring the chemiluminescence produced from the remaining probe in a luminometer.
- a chemiluminescent oligonucleotide probe e.g., an acridinium ester-labeled (AE) probe
- AE acridinium ester-labeled
- Another illustrative detection method provides for quantitative evaluation of the amplification process in real-time.
- Evaluation of an amplification process in “real-time” involves determining the amount of amplicon in the reaction mixture either continuously or periodically during the amplification reaction, and using the determined values to calculate the amount of target sequence initially present in the sample.
- a variety of methods for determining the amount of initial target sequence present in a sample based on real-time amplification are well known in the art. These include methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,303,305 and 6,541,205, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Another method for determining the quantity of target sequence initially present in a sample, but which is not based on a real-time amplification is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,710,029, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Amplification products may be detected in real-time through the use of various self-hybridizing probes, most of which have a stem-loop structure.
- Such self-hybridizing probes are labeled so that they emit differently detectable signals, depending on whether the probes are in a self-hybridized state or an altered state through hybridization to a target sequence.
- “molecular torches” are a type of self-hybridizing probe that includes distinct regions of self-complementarity (referred to as “the target binding domain” and “the target closing domain”) which are connected by a joining region (e.g., non-nucleotide linker) and which hybridize to each other under predetermined hybridization assay conditions.
- molecular torches contain single-stranded base regions in the target binding domain that are from 1 to about 20 bases in length and are accessible for hybridization to a target sequence present in an amplification reaction under strand displacement conditions.
- hybridization of the two complementary regions, which may be fully or partially complementary, of the molecular torch is favored, except in the presence of the target sequence, which will bind to the single-stranded region present in the target binding domain and displace all or a portion of the target closing domain.
- the target binding domain and the target closing domain of a molecular torch include a detectable label or a pair of interacting labels (e.g., luminescent/quencher) positioned so that a different signal is produced when the molecular torch is self-hybridized than when the molecular torch is hybridized to the target sequence, thereby permitting detection of probe:target duplexes in a test sample in the presence of unhybridized molecular torches.
- Molecular torches and many types of interacting label pairs are known (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,534,274, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
- Molecular beacons include nucleic acid molecules having a target complementary sequence, an affinity pair (or nucleic acid arms) holding the probe in a closed conformation in the absence of a target sequence present in an amplification reaction, and a label pair that interacts when the probe is in a closed conformation. Hybridization of the target sequence and the target complementary sequence separates the members of the affinity pair, thereby shifting the probe to an open conformation. The shift to the open conformation is detectable due to reduced interaction of the label pair, which may be, for example, a fluorophore and a quencher (e.g., DABCYL and EDANS).
- a fluorophore and a quencher e.g., DABCYL and EDANS
- probe binding pairs having interacting labels may be adapted for use in the compositions and methods disclosed herein.
- Probe systems used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms might also be used.
- Additional detection systems include “molecular switches,” (e.g., see U.S. Publ. No. 20050042638, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
- probes such as those comprising intercalating dyes and/or fluorochromes, are also useful for detection of amplification products in the methods disclosed herein (e.g., see U.S. Pat. No. 5,814,447, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
- detection methods are qualitative (e.g., presence or absence of a particular nucleic acid). In other embodiments, they are quantitative (e.g., viral load).
- immunoassays utilize antibodies to a purified protein. Such antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal, chimeric, humanized, single chain or Fab fragments, which may be labeled or unlabeled, all of which may be produced by using well known procedures and standard laboratory practices.
- a computer-based analysis program is used to translate the raw data generated by the detection assay (e.g., the presence, absence, or amount of a given target molecule) into data of predictive value for a clinician or researcher.
- the software program is integrated into an automated device. In other embodiments, it is remotely located. The clinician can access the data using any suitable means.
- the present invention provides the further benefit that the clinician, who is not likely to be trained in genetics or molecular biology, need not understand the raw data.
- the data is presented directly to the clinician in its most useful form. The clinician is then able to immediately utilize the information in order to optimize the care of the subject.
- a sample e.g., a biopsy or a serum or urine sample
- a service e.g., clinical lab at a medical facility, genomic profiling business, etc.
- the subject may visit a medical center to have the sample obtained and sent to the profiling center, or subjects may collect the sample themselves (e.g., a urine sample) and directly send it to a profiling center.
- the sample comprises previously determined biological information
- the information may be directly sent to the profiling service by the subject (e.g., an information card containing the information may be scanned by a computer and the data transmitted to a computer of the profiling center using an electronic communication systems).
- the profiling service Once received by the profiling service, the sample is processed and a profile is produced (i.e., expression data), specific for the diagnostic or prognostic information desired for the subject.
- the profile data is then prepared in a format suitable for interpretation by a treating clinician.
- the prepared format may represent a diagnosis or risk assessment (e.g., viral load levels) for the subject, along with recommendations for particular treatment options.
- the data may be displayed to the clinician by any suitable method.
- the profiling service generates a report that can be printed for the clinician (e.g., at the point of care) or displayed to the clinician on a computer monitor.
- the information is first analyzed at the point of care or at a regional facility.
- the raw data is then sent to a central processing facility for further analysis and/or to convert the raw data to information useful for a clinician or patient.
- the central processing facility provides the advantage of privacy (all data is stored in a central facility with uniform security protocols), speed, and uniformity of data analysis.
- the central processing facility can then control the fate of the data following treatment of the subject. For example, using an electronic communication system, the central facility can provide data to the clinician, the subject, or researchers.
- the subject is able to directly access the data using the electronic communication system.
- the subject may chose further intervention or counseling based on the results.
- the data is used for research use.
- the data may be used to further optimize the inclusion or elimination of markers as useful indicators of a particular condition or stage of disease.
- systems and/or devices of the present invention are shipped containing all components necessary to perform purification and analysis (e.g., pre-loaded into the device).
- additional reaction components are supplied in separate vessels packaged together into a kit.
- Kits may further comprise appropriate controls and/or detection reagents. Any one or more reagents that find use in any of the methods described herein may be provided in the kit.
- This example described moving paramagnetic micro particles using magnetic forces to capture RNA, subsequent purification, and release of RNA for amplification and detection. It also shows the use of liquid wax, as an exemplary lipophilic material, as a valve between the various chambers allowing for the movement of paramagnetic micro particles while forming a barrier between the various wash buffer.
- Polypropylene was used for the top plate and the channel because of its excellent chemical resistance.
- the saturated olefinic chains yield resistance to most oils and solvents, as well as water-based chemicals, soaps, and moderate acids and bases. Few other materials with the strength properties of polypropylene match the chemical resistance of polypropylene.
- polypropylene's hard, high-gloss surface makes it desirable for environments where there is concern for build-up that can interfere with flow sterilization of the cartridge: it is preferred that a RNA free environment is maintained throughout the test. While commercially available plastic parts are radiated with gamma rays to sterilize them, a protocol was developed to sterilize the plastic parts which could be easily carried out in a laboratory setting. The wells to be used for the test were sealed off using adhesive tape before machining the plate. After the completion of machining, the cartridge was washed using the following protocol:
- Armored RNA Abbott Molecular, Des Plaines, Ill.
- Armored RNA is used instead of naked RNA as a test sample because it is ribonuclease resistant and easily quantifiable by copy number of RNA. It is also noninfectious, making it easy for to handle.
- RNA from a plasma sample In order to purify RNA from a plasma sample, the MagMAX Viral RNA Isolation Kit (Ambion, Austin, Tex.) was employed. In this method, the cells are disrupted using the classic method of guanidium thiocyanate-based solution. This simultaneously releases the viral RNA and deactivates the nucleases in the sample matrix. The RNA then binds to the silica coated magnetic beads in the presence of a chaotropic agent and alcohol. The beads are then washed and eluted in aqueous low salt buffer.
- RNA binding beads are mixed with 10 ⁇ L of lysis enhancer for every reaction. The beads are vortexed before aliquoting.
- 802 ⁇ L of the lysis solution was added to a microfuge tube along with 400 ⁇ L of plasma sample containing armored RNA.
- the pipette tips should be immerged slightly into the solution to prevent aerosol formation leading to contamination.
- the solution is vortex mixed gently for 30 seconds and then 20 ⁇ L of bead mix is added to the tube.
- the solution is vortex mixed gently for 4 minutes on a vortex mixture to fully lyse the viruses and bind RNA to the magnetic beads.
- the beads are captured by leaving the microfuge tube on a magnetic stand. 600 ⁇ L of the solution is removed and discarded away.
- the beads are vortex mixed in the remaining 222 ⁇ L of solution. This solution is aliquoted into the first chamber of the cartridge.
- wash buffer 1 containing isopropanol 150 ⁇ L of wash buffer 1 containing isopropanol is added to chamber two and three respectively. 225 ⁇ L of wash buffer 2 containing ethanol is added to chamber four and five respectively. 50 ⁇ L of elution buffer is added to chamber 6 .
- FIG. 1 shows the image of the completely filled cartridge with the different buffers and the wax.
- a magnetic force is used to carry out the various purification steps ( FIG. 2 ), for example, magnetic separation of the beads to accumulate them into a clump, movement of the particles from the buffer to the wax, movement of the particles in the wax, reintroduction of the particles into the next buffer and agitation of the particles in the buffer (Sample C1 in table 2).
- This magnetic force is produced by a permanent magnet.
- the clump of particles was moved from lysis buffer in chamber 1 to elution buffer in chamber 6 through the various wash buffers in chambers 2 - 5 . The particles were allowed to sit for 30 seconds in each wash buffer, and for 10 minutes in the elution buffer. The particles were moved magnetically in the buffers during these times.
- wash buffer volumes were used: (i) 300 ⁇ L of wash buffer 1 and 450 ⁇ L of wash buffer 2 (sample C2 in table 2) (ii) 150 ⁇ L of wash buffer 1 and 225 ⁇ L of wash buffer 2 (sample C3 in table 2)
- the beads were left open at room temperature to allow the remaining alcohol to evaporate.
- the tubes were inspected for any remaining alcohol since alcohol inhibits PCR.
- 50 ⁇ L of elution buffer was added and the sample agitated vigorously for 4 minutes. In each case, the particles are captured after elution and 12.5 ⁇ L of the sample was used for RT-PCR using the Abbott Real time Assay.
- the table shown below shows the average Ct values for the three Sample types Table 2 Samples and the Ct values for the
- the Ambion sample purification kit requires drying the particles in air before eluding the RNA. In the new protocol described herein, the drying step is completely removed. Again, this shows that the amount of fluid being carried from one chamber to the next is minimal. It also simplifies the sample purification process significantly allowing for easy automation. The presence of smaller quantities of inhibitors also allows for elution in smaller quantities of elution buffer, which in turn speeds up the thermal cycling speed, thereby reducing the time required to carry out the test.
- An inexpensive automated sample purification system is developed by moving magnetic particles instead of fluids.
- a cartridge which can hold fluid through long periods of storage is designed. This does away with any sort of pipetting in the field. Optimization of the assay in this novel platform enables one to improve the sample purification process and develop a better understanding of the system.
- An automated system for carrying out the purification allows for the measurement of viral load without the need of highly trained lab technicians. The combination of a closed cartridge and automated device would create a point of care platform not only for HIV viral load, but for all kinds of nucleic acid testing in a cheap, convenient manner with a reduced risk of cross contamination.
- the material to be used to make the cartridge preferably provides (a) a vapor barrier to hold the liquids through long periods of storage without significant loss. (b) mechanical strength; and (c) a chemically inert surface which does not stick to the blood or particles present in the solution.
- WVTR water vapor transmission rate
- WVTR ⁇ w/ ⁇ t A (g m ⁇ 2 s ⁇ 1 ), Where ⁇ w/ ⁇ t is the amount of moisture loss per unit time of transfer (g s ⁇ 1 ) and A is the exposed area to moisture transfer (m 2 )
- Table 3 shows table below shows the WVTR of some plastics and of a foil laminate (RP#26-1244, Rollprint, Addison, Ill.). It is evident that foil laminate provides excellent vapor barrier for reagents during storage. Foil laminate has the added benefit of being extremely inexpensive. The cost of a single cartridge made out of foil laminate would not exceed a few cents. The various layers of foil laminate to be used are shown in FIG. 3 below.
- the foil laminate (Rollprint Packaging Products, Addison, Ill.) contains a 2 mil Aluminum layer which is responsible for the low WVTR making it ideal for the storage of reagents.
- the polyester layer provides a chemically inert and hydrophobic surface preferred for carrying out the assay. It also allows the foil to be heat sealed to another piece of foil or plastic.
- the nylon outer surface protects the aluminum surface from corrosion and also provides mechanical strength to the foil laminate.
- the foil laminate lacks rigidity. This can be overcome by packaging it in a rigid material. It should be noted that while the foil laminate is virtually impermeable to vapor, the seal between two layers of foil is not and is responsible for some loss of vapor.
- a vacuum formed chamber made out of polypropylene or polystyrene similar to a 96 well plate is used. In some embodiments, in order to provide a vapor barrier, this would be aluminized by vapor deposition.
- the top plate of the cartridge is preferably transparent in order to make optical readings during the thermal cycling.
- a peelable foil laminate layer which sits between the top plate and the foil chambers. This is similar to a printer ink cartridge. The end of the peel comes out between the top plate and the wax layer. This provides the vapor barrier optimum for long term storage. Solid wax is present above and below the seal. The wax below allows for the peel to be removed without risk of loss of reagent sticking to the peel. Before the test, the peel is removed and the wax melted.
- the top plate can be made flexible which allows us to compress it to remove any air gap that forms because of the cavity created by the removal of the seal.
- the peelable seal is heat sealed to the chambers.
- the distance between the chambers is preferably 6 mm to allow for proper sealing, although other dimensions may be used. This sealing process is carried out in Rollprint Inc.
- the fabrication of the aluminum foil cartridges is done using a pinch press device that comprises a positive hemispherical head which fits into a negative mold of the same size. By pressing the foil between the positive head and the negative mold, the foil is stretched to confirm with the shape of the mold. While the yield strength and the tensile strength of the laminate are not known, the standard industry practice is:
- the assay is performed using a silica coated PMP based MagMax kit from Ambion.
- the kit protocol is optimized for best performance in an assay format which involves sedimentation of the beads and pipetting out of the fluid. It is not meant to be used with the wax.
- the following experiments are carried out:
- the experiment has two controls which are used to compare the results: (a) move the particles with a pick-pin from an identical solution of fluorescein to water. This represents currently available systems such as the Maxwell or Kingfisher. (b) Collect the particles by putting the microfuge tube containing the fluorescein solution and the particles on a magnetic stand and then carefully pipetting out the solution. This is followed by the addition of a fixed quantity of fluorescein free water.
- An improvement in purification performance is quantified by comparing the average volume of liquid carried across from one chamber to the next.
- the variance is used to quantify the variability in the purification process due to sample handling.
- the experiment is repeated for different number of particles, different initial volume of sample, and different fluorescein concentrations.
- the volume of liquid being carried across is a fraction ⁇ of the volume of the droplet (V) containing the particles which moved into the wax.
- r is the radius of the particles and N is the total number of particles.
- N is the total number of particles.
- the volume of the droplet V is dependant on N and therefore the volume of liquid ⁇ V is also dependant of N.
- ⁇ V is dependent on the initial volume of fluorescein solution, but rather on the concentration of fluorescein. This experiment allows one to determine the optimal wash steps and volume, or the volume of the lysis buffer required.
- the sensitivity of a method is associated with the lower limit of applicability of that method.
- the minimum detectable value often refers to the minimum detectable net concentration or amount.
- mean of blanks the mean value given to the blank determinations associated with an assay
- K coverage factor associated with a desired confidence level
- sd standard deviation of the blank determinations.
- the LOD is the lowest copy number that gives a detectable PCR amplification product at least 95% of the time. This can also be interpreted as the lowest copy number that can be distinguished from the background noise with a probability of 95%.
- the current Rt-PCR assay using the Ambion kit for RNA purification and Abbott Real time protocol for Rt-PCR has been reported to have an LOD of 40 copies of RNA in 1,0 ml of plasma sample. Preferred assays detect a minimum of 500 copies of RNA. Thus, for every protocol, the sensitivity of the assay is measured by creating a dilution curve of Ct verses copies of RNA. The desired goal is to go from the lysis buffer to the elution buffer without a single wash step. The purification assay is carried out with different number of wash steps and wash volume.
- the wax that used in the experiments described in Example 1 has a melting point of 10C. Therefore, this wax is liquid at room temperature.
- a wax (DyNAwax Reagent, Finland), which melts at 60C or other higher melting temperature was is used in some embodiments. This allows for storage of the wax as solid during storage with subsequent melting just before the experiment, thereby creating a phase change plug for the movement of particles.
- the other advantage is that the presence of wax below the peelable seal allows one to peel the foil without losing any fluid from the chambers which might have stuck to the foil, However, this would involve carrying out the experiment in a water bath or using a peltier heater to heat the wax.
- Automation has numerous benefits, namely :(a) the process does not require a skilled worker, (b) provides for better understanding of the system, (c) speeds up the assay development and testing process, (d) reduces sample to sample variations by standardizing the process.
- a first component is a stage to move magnets and cartridge.
- a stage is built to carry out the five processes, namely (a) Aggregation of the particles in a fluid (b) dragging the fluid across the interface (c) dragging the particle aggregate in the wax (d) dragging the particle aggregate from the wax to the water (e) agitating the particles in the fluid.
- the cartridge was held steady while the magnet was displaced relative to the cartridge.
- the cartridge is moved with respect to the magnets.
- the decision on which to move is dependent on ease of construction, cost and reliability of the process. Stepper motors may be used to carry out the various movements.
- v p is the velocity of the particle
- F m F f and F g are the magnetic, fluidic, interfacial and gravitational forces, respectively.
- the magnetic force is obtained using an “effective” dipole moment approach where the magnetized particle is replaced by an “equivalent” point dipole with a moment m p.eff (Furlani and Ng, 2006).
- the force on the dipole (and hence on the particle) is given is given by:
- F m ⁇ f (m p.eff ⁇ )H a
- ⁇ f the permeability of the transport fluid
- m p.eff the “effective” dipole moment of the particle
- H a the (externally) applied magnetic field intensity at the center of the particle, where the equivalent point dipole is located.
- FIG. 5 shows the arrangement of a magnet above the fluidic chamber and the surface plot of force on a particle in the x direction and the y direction at a fixed distance from the magnet.
- the force calculation requires a choice of particle size and material properties of, Fe 3 O 4 (magnetite), which make up the particles.
- a saturation magnetization of M 4.78 ⁇ 10 5 A/m and the particle size is 0.5 micrometer.
- a program was written in Matlab to estimate the magnetic force for a system consisting of one magnet or an array of magnets. This enables one to calculate the magnetic force for different magnets and arrangements of magnets. While the current program can only estimate forces due to a linear array of magnets, it is possible to generate a program to estimate a more complex arrangement of magnets.
- the gravitation force acts in the ⁇ y direction. The gravitational force is often ignored when analyzing the magnetophoretic motion of submicron particles, as it is usually much weaker than the magnetic force.
- the interfacial force can be estimated as y2 ⁇ R p where y is the interfacial tension between wax and buffer.
- the interfacial force is measured using the weight drop method which follows from Tate's law.
- the design criteria is: F m >F i , where and F m F i are the magnetic and interfacial forces respectively. This estimation neglects frictional force as well. This estimation guided the choice of magnet.
- the magnet In order to reduce the strength of the magnet required to move the particles from the buffer to the wax, the magnet is moved as close to the interface as possible. This is done with a flexible top plate. A flexible top plate is also used so that it can be depressed to remove any air gaps which may form when the foil laminate which lies between the chambers and the top plate is peeled off.
- R p the translational tensor which depends on the shape of the droplet and the internal viscosity of the droplet. It is fairly easy to drag the particle aggregate through the wax. During this process, the particles come in contact with the top surface of the cartridge. It is therefore preferred that the material used for the top plate process is chemically inert and has a smooth surface texture.
- the USB port of a computer can be connected to a stepper motor controller via a USB to RS232 converter. This allows one to send commands to the motor using the hyper terminal. Any serial communication software such as Docklight can be used to effectively communicate with the stepper motor using RS232 command sets.
- Test the performance of the automated sample purification system In order to test the performance of the sample purification system, the loss of particles is measured. This is compared to a loss of performance in the manual form of the assay and the assay with pipetting of fluids.
- the particle concentration is measured using the Luminex flow cytometer.
- the Luminex system has a positive flow control system which allows one to count particles as well as measure the volume of solution used, thereby enabling one to measure the concentration of the bead solution.
- Loss of beads Initial concentration of bead ⁇ Vol of sample used ⁇ final concentration of beads x Vol of elution buffer.
- % loss of beads (Loss of beads/Total initial number of beads) ⁇ 100
- the percentage loss of beads is measured at each stage of the automation process to measure the performance of the system.
- the aim is to reduce the percentage loss to less than what is observed in a manual process.
- the mean % loss of beads and the variance of % loss of beads are compared for the automated process and the manual approach. An automated system is expected to have a lower variance than a manual process.
- This example describes a tubular processor for performing biological reactions.
- the experimental setup for the diagnostic assay is shown in FIG. 7 . It consists of a 0.060′′ internal diameter tube (Small Parts Inc.) attached to a CAVRO 3000XL digital pump. The digital pump is controlled through an RS232 interface. The different wash buffers, analytes, solution containing magnetic particles and silicone oil (Gelest Inc.) are pumped in from the distal end of the tube.
- the particles used for the experiment are carboxyl coated smooth surface magnetic particles obtained from Spherotech Inc.
- the SPHERO IM Smooth Surface Magnetic Particles have a thick layer of polymer coating on the surface of the particles to fully encapsulate the iron oxide coating. There is no exposed iron oxide on the surface of the particles.
- Cylindrical Neodymium magnets (Bunting Magnetics Co) are moved along the length of the capillary. The magnets are located around the capillary to mix the particles. Magnets of grade N3 5 and N40 were used for all experiments.
- Teflon tubes were found to be better than glass tubes and were used for all experiments.
- the particles stick to the glass more than Teflon. It is hypothesized that Teflon, being more hydrophobic than glass, repels the hydrophilic particles more than glass which is hydrophilic because of the presence of the carboxyl group on the particle surface. However, the particles do not stick to Teflon because it is extremely hydrophobic.
- Fluorescent reading is not taken in the tube for the following experiments, although it is possible to attach an optical system to the capillary system.
- the particles are taken out of the tube and read in a flow cytometer. All readings are standardized with respect to the SPHERO Rainbow Calibration Particles.
- the SPHERO Rainbow Calibration Particles contain a mixture of several similar size particles with different fluorescence intensities. Every particle contains a mixture of fluorophores that allows excitation at any wavelength from 365 to 650 nm. This enables the calibration of all channels in the flow cytometer with the same set of particles.
- the fluorophores used are very stable but non-spectral matching to commonly used fluorophores such as FITC, PE or PE-Cy5. Dilution of a few drops of the particles flam the chopper bottle to 1 mL of a diluent provides adequate particle concentration for flow cytometer calibration.
- the diluted Rainbow Calibration Particles remain stable following repeat freezing and thawing.
- a tubular processor for use as a diagnostic device preferably is able to carry out an assay without loss in sensitivity. Moving the particles through oil could denature the proteins bound to the particle or form a layer on the particle making diffusion from the bulk solution to the particle surface difficult.
- a streptavidin-biotin system was utilized.
- the biotin-avidin or biotin-streptavidin interaction has some unique characteristics that make it beneficial as a general bridge system.
- Avidin, streptavidin, and NeutrAvidin biotin-binding protein each bind four biotins per protein molecule with high affinity and selectivity.
- Unlabeled Streptavidin coated SPHERO Smooth Surface Magnetic Particles (1% w/v) with an average diameter of 3 ⁇ were used for the experiment.
- 0.7*10 6 magnetic particles were used. The particles were washed in Phosphate Buffer Saline (PBS), magnetically separated and resuspended in 60 ⁇ L of PBS buffer containing 0.1% Nonidet P-40 detergent. Different concentrations of Alexa-488-Biotin were dissolved in Na-Phosphate buffer containing 0.1% Nonidet P-40
- the particles were first moved magnetically from ‘solution-a’ to the chamber containing the wash buffer (solution-b). This cleans the particles of debris. They were then moved to the chamber containing the Alexa-488-Biotin allowing the Streptavidin coated particles to bind to Alexa-488Biotin (solution-c). The particles were constantly mixed magnetically. The reaction was allowed to continue for 90 minutes and then the particles were moved to the next chamber (solution-d) to wash off any debris which might have stuck to the particles. Moving the particles from one chamber to the next through the silicone oil involves the particles coming together into a clump so that they can cross the oil-water barrier. Hence, each time the particles move across from one chamber to the next, they are made to mix well by moving the magnets. The particles are then collected and fluorescence on the particle is measured in a flow cytometer.
- the Alexa Fluor dyes used for the experiment are a series of superior fluorescent dyes that span the near-UV, visible, and near-IR spectra. These dyes, without exception, produce brighter conjugates compared to fluorescein.
- the Alexa-488 absorbs light at 495 nm, emits at 519 nm and has an extinction coefficient of 71000.
- the dye is water soluble and remains highly fluorescent over a broad pH range.
- the Streptavidin coated magnetic particles were allowed to mix with biotin containing buffer for 90 minutes. The particles were mixed constantly during this time. Fluorescence readings were taken from these particles and compared with the fluorescence readings of the particles from the capillary system.
- FIG. 8 shows the value of FL1 Height measured in a flow cytometer at different concentrations of Biotin.
- the diamonds represent the signal for a Streptavidin biotin reaction carried out in the capillary system whereas the pink squares represent the signal for a Streptavidin biotin reaction carried out in the microfuge rube. All measurements were standardized by keeping the third peak of the rainbow at a fixed value. As can be seen from the plot, the particles are completely saturated until a Biotin concentration of 10 ⁇ 10 M after which the signal starts reducing. The amount of biotin which binds on to the Streptavidin coated particles is similar irrespective of whether the reaction is carried out in a capillary or a microfuge tube.
- FIG. 8 shows 5 replicates for the Streptavidin-biotin reaction in a tubular processor at a biotin concentration of 0.5*10 ⁇ 10 M. This represents the variability of the reaction from one run to another.
- FIG. 9 consists of two superimposed images measured for two sets of particles, namely:
- the forward scatter and the side scatter is the same for the two sets of particles, as would be expected because of identical size and surface roughness of the two sets of particles.
- the FL1 height which is a measure of the amount of fluorescence emitted off the particle surface and thereby a direct measure of the amount of biotin bound to Streptavidin is different for the two sets of particles.
- FIG. 9 shows that the median FL1 height (peak) when the particles reacts with 10 ⁇ 12 M Biotin is distinctly distinguishable and greater than the median height when the Streptavidin coated particles react with water.
- the sensitivity of the device was found to be 10 ⁇ 12 M for biotin (more than 2 dB above the blank).
- one tube is inserted into another such that the outer diameter of the thinner tube is almost equal to the inner diameter of the larger tube.
- Streptavidin coated particles are moved to the chamber containing PBS buffer. While doing so, it also moves from one capillary to another. It is then moved to a chamber containing PBS buffer containing 10 ⁇ 8 M Alexa-488-Biotin and 0.1% Nonidet-P40 (NP-40). Moving from one chamber to another involves crossing regions of silicone oil. The particles were allowed to react with Alexa-488-biotin for 90 minutes, after which the particles are taken out and their fluorescence measured in a flow cytometer. The fluorescent readings indicate that the reaction occur s in spite of moving from one capillary to another.
- the reagents might be potentially present in one tube while the sample to be measured may be collected in another a separate tube or vessel suitable for collection of sample.
- This experiment demonstrated the feasibility of allowing the particles to react with the sample in a tube or collection vessel and then moving them to another tube where the remaining reagents are present, thereby allowing the proceeding reactions to be carried out.
- silicone oil One of the factors that affects the diagnostic device is the effect of the silicone oil on the particles. It was investigated if the oil sticks to the particle during the movement of the particle through the oil region. For this purpose, a fluorescent dye, pyromethene 546 , was dissolved in silicone oil. Pyromethene is an oil soluble laser dye which fluoresces at 546nm. The particles were made to move through a region of silicone oil containing pyromethene 546 . The particles were then taken out of the capillary and the fluorescence signal was measured in a flow cytometer ( FIG. 11 a ).
- the particles were moved through silicone oil containing pyromethene 546 and then mixed in PBS buffer containing 0.1% Nonidet P40. A magnet was used to agitate these particles. The particles were then taken out of the capillary and the fluorescence signal measured in a flow cytometer as shown in FIG. 11 b .
- the forward scatter value depicts the size of the particle while the side scatter gives information about the surface property of the particle.
- the forward scatter plot shows a broad distribution although the particles are about the same size. This demonstrates that the oil is sticking to the particle or droplets of oil of various sizes are formed.
- the particle size distribution shows two distinct peaks as expected, namely the particles and the doublets of the particles ( FIG. 11 b ).
- the side scatter plot in FIG. 11 a also shows two peaks suggesting that there might be little droplets of oil formed as well.
- the FL1 median value of FIG. 11 a is 73 which demonstrates that some of the fluorescent dye has migrated with the particles. This can be washed away by mixing the particles and therefore a lower fluorescence value 38 is obtained in FIG. 11 b.
- RNA bound to paramagnetic particles is adaptable to commercially-available kits which employ different types of particles and a variety of lysis, wash, and elution buffers.
- the kits tested contained silica (Ambion), iron oxide (AbbottlPromega) and cellulose (Cortex) magnetic particles. In addition to differences in particle chemistry, these kits vary in the composition of their respective lysis and elution buffers as well as the intermediate wash buffers.
- Viral particles spiked into normal plasma were purified according to the kit manufacturers' instructions, including all of the wash steps between lysis and elution, and determined the levels of RNA by real time PCR. Spiked plasmas were then purified with the wax phase method using only the lysis and elution buffers and compared levels of RNA.
- Lysis buffer composition: 400 ⁇ L manufacturer-supplied Lysis/Binding concentrate, 400 ⁇ L absolute isopropanol, 2 ⁇ L manufacturer-supplied carrier RNA
- Lysis proceeds for up to 10 minutes at 50° C., in the presence of 20 ⁇ L well-suspended magnetic particles (manufacturer-supplied; composition: 10 ⁇ L particles, 10 ⁇ L Binding Enhancer). Particles may be added following the intial lysis step or be present during lysis; no discernable effect on purification efficiency has been observed.
- Magnetic particles are sedimented on a magnetic rack and 600 ⁇ L of supernatant liquid is discarded to permit loading into a prepared cartridge.
- Up to 250 ⁇ L, of the slurry containing lysis buffer and RNA-bound particles is transferred to the ‘lysis’ chamber of the cartridge.
- 25 ⁇ L of a manufacturer-supplied Tris-EDTA elution buffer is loaded into the ‘elution’ chamber of the cartridge.
- Chill-Out Liquid Wax Bio-Rad
- Cartridges for multiple samples may be prepared in batch in this manner and arrayed on a fabricated rack.
- RNA-bound beads are accumulated into a tight pellet by a magnet. Cartridges are handled individually for the transfer of particles from ‘lysis’ to ‘elution’ chambers. Magnetic particles are transferred through the wax and into the elution buffer by magnet in a steady manner such that the beads remain in a tight pellet and carryover of lysis buffer is minimized. Once in the elution buffer, the beads are mixed by manual manipulation of the magnet.
- Liquid wax is aspirated from the cartridge such that a minimal amount (1 mm at meniscus) remains over the ‘elution’ chamber without sample loss.
- the cartridge is set for 4 minutes at ⁇ 20 ° C. such that the liquid wax solidifies but the elution buffer/bead slurry remains in liquid phase.
- the liquid wax plug can be removed by pipet tip or pierced for extraction of elution buffer.
- the elution buffer/bead slurry is transferred to a 1.5 mL screw-cap tube and heated for up to 10 minutes at 70° C. to facilitate complete elution of viral RNA into the supernatant buffer. Beads are sedimented on a magnetic rack and up to 50 ⁇ L of RNA in Tris-EDTA buffer is collected from each tube, ready to use for qRT-PCR.
- Lysis buffer supplemented with 2 ⁇ L manufacturer-supplied carrier RNA
- iron-oxide magnetic particles 25 ⁇ L iron-oxide magnetic particles in 1.5 mL screw-cap tubes and mixed by pipet. Lysis proceeds for up to 10 minutes at 50° C.
- 25 ⁇ L of plasma containing 1.5 ⁇ 10 6 cp/mL HIV-1 virions was treated with 20 ⁇ L Protease K by gentle mixing in a 1.5 mL screw-cap tube. 2004 of manufacturer-supplied Lysis buffer was added and the sample mixed by pulse-vortexing for 15 seconds, followed by heating up to 15 minutes at 55° C. 500 ⁇ L of manufacturer-supplied Binding buffer and 20 ⁇ L of monodisperse Maga Zorb Reagent was added to the sample and incubated 10 minutes at room temperature (20° C.) with occasional mixing by inversion.
- Magnetic particles are sedimented on a magnetic rack and 500 ⁇ L of supernatant liquid is discarded to permit loading into a prepared cartridge.
- Up to 250 ⁇ L of the slurry containing lysis buffer and RNA-bound particles is transferred to the ‘lysis’ chamber of the cartridge.
- 25 ⁇ L of a manufacturer-supplied Tris-EDTA buffer was added to the ‘elution’ chamber.
- Chill-Out Liquid Wax (Bio-Rad) is layered on top of the fluid in both chambers such that a wax ‘bridge’ is formed across the top of the cartridge, typically requiring 800 ⁇ L of liquid wax.
- Cartridges for multiple samples may be prepared in batch in this manner and arrayed on a fabricated rack.
- RNA purification chemistries were evaluated by qRT-PCR using reagents supplied with the Abbott m2000rt assay kit.
- HIV-1 virion containing plasma was used as template for qRT-PCR analysis and was complemented by appropriate positive (pure HIV-1 transcript) and negative (mock plasma purification or water) controls. All purification samples include carrier RNA as an internal control and were performed in replicate. From each RNA preparation, 5 ⁇ L RNA was used for analysis, yielding 7,500 copies of HIV-1 RNA in each reaction.
- a qRT-PCR mixture for a single sample is described in Table 4 below:
- PBMNC's Fresh Peripheral Blood Mono-Nuclear Cells (PBMNC's) were purchased from Allcells (Emeryville, Calif.). Dynabeads CD4 magnetic particles (4.5 um diameter), coated with anti-CD4 antibody were purchased from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif.).
- the efficiency of the transfer through the lipophilc barriers was determined by measuring the amount of cellular DNA in an aliquot of the solution in Well 2 with a real-time PCR assay for the ⁇ 2-microglobulin gene, In each of the experiments, the particles were drawn to the side of Well 2 with a magnet; and 60 ⁇ l of the lysed cell suspension was transferred into Eppendorf tubes. 5 ⁇ l of each sample was then obtained and used for RT-PCR using the Phusion GC assay for ⁇ 2-microglobulin (New England Biolabs, Ipswich, Mass.)
- Table 6 shows the number of cycles required to reach the threshold fluorescence intensity of the real time PCR assay:
- PMPs were transported between wells using an externally applied magnetic field.
- the wells are connected with a hydrophobic liquid through which PMPs are transported ( FIG. 12 ).
- the hydrophobic liquid acts as a barrier between the lysis chamber and the elution chamber, preventing mixing of the two solutions.
- the PMPs Upon application of the magnetic force, the PMPs are moved through the hydrophobic liquid, transporting NAs from the lysis chamber to the elution chamber while the lysis and elution buffers remain stationary.
- the hydrophobic liquid acts as an immiscible phase filter (IPF), which reduces processing to only three steps: cell lysis/NA binding, PMP transport, and NA elution.
- IPPF immiscible phase filter
- HIV-1 virus acquired from Rush Virology Quality Assurance Laboratory at 1.5 ⁇ 10 6 copies/ml of plasma, was diluted in seronegative plasma to obtain HIV-1 concentrations of 300, 60 and 12 copies/4 respectively.
- the Ambion MagMaxTM Total RNA isolation kit (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.) manual protocol was performed as per manufacturer's recommendations.
- lysis and binding reagents constituting of 200 ⁇ L of Ambion Lysis/Binding solution concentrate (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.), 200 ⁇ L of isopropyl alcohol, 1 ⁇ L of carrier RNA (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.), 5 ⁇ L of Ambion PMPs and 5 ⁇ L of Binding Enhancer (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.) were added to the larger chamber of the cartridge and mixed. 50 ⁇ L of plasma containing HIV-1 virus was then added to it and mixed for 4 minutes using the automated system.
- elution buffer 50 ⁇ L was aliquoted into the smaller chamber of the IPF cartridge and the two aqueous fluids were overlaid with ChilloutTM liquid wax (Biorad Laboratories; Hercules, Calif.) as shown in FIG. 12 .
- An automated system aggregated the PMPs for 2 minutes using the external magnet and moved the aggregate from the lysis buffer to the elution buffer.
- the elution buffer containing the PMPs was heated to 55° C. for 10 minutes to elute the RNA.
- the PMPs were aggregated and removed from the elution buffer. HIV-1 viral load quantification was performed using the Abbott RealTime HIV-1 Amplification Reagent Kit (Huang, Salituro et al.
- a PCR efficiency of E 102% was observed ( FIG. 14 ), indicating that the inhibitor carryover is minimal even after eliminating the four wash steps and the alcohol evaporation step required for the standard protocol.
- PMPs were transported between wells using an externally applied magnetic field.
- the wells are connected with a hydrophobic liquid through which PMPs are transported ( FIG. 12 ).
- the hydrophobic liquid acts as a barrier between the lysis chamber and the elution chamber, preventing mixing of the two solutions.
- the PMPs Upon application of the magnetic force, the PMPs are moved through the hydrophobic liquid, transporting NAs from the lysis chamber to the elution chamber while the lysis and elution buffers remain stationary.
- the hydrophobic liquid acts as an immiscible phase filter (IPF), which reduces processing to only three steps: cell lysis/NA binding, PMP transport, and NA elution.
- IPPF immiscible phase filter
- bacterial DNA was purified from Chlamydia trachomatis (CT) and Neisseria gonorrhoeae (NG) for diagnosis of these sexually transmitted diseases.
- the urine samples were prepared by combining Chlamydia: ATCC trachomatis serotype F in McCoy cell culture suspension and lyophilized Neisseria gonorrhoeae resuspended in PBS containing 30% glycerol with control urine (Fisher Scientific, PA).
- the manual protocol was carried out using the Abbott RealTime CT/NG assay as per the manufacturer's protocols.
- the purified DNA was amplified using the Abbott RealTime CT/NG assay in a 50 ⁇ L reaction volume. Amplification reactions were performed in the Abbott Molecular m2000rt instrument (Abbott Park, Ill.).
- the PCR efficiency for the CT and NG assay over seven orders of magnitude was 97.2% and 94.5% respectively ( FIG. 16-17 ) indicating that the inhibitor carryover is minimal. These efficiencies were similar to those obtained from the manual extraction method (87.9% and 87.9%, respectively) using the Abbott RealTime CT/NG kit.
- PMPs were transported between wells using an externally applied magnetic field.
- the wells are connected with a hydrophobic liquid through which PMPs are transported ( FIG. 12 ).
- the hydrophobic liquid acts as a barrier between the lysis chamber and the elution chamber, preventing mixing of the two solutions.
- the PMPs Upon application of the magnetic force, the PMPs are moved through the hydrophobic liquid, transporting NAs from the lysis chamber to the elution chamber while the lysis and elution buffers remain stationary.
- the hydrophobic liquid acts as an immiscible phase filter (IPF), which reduces processing to only three steps: cell lysis/NA binding, PMP transport, and NA elution.
- IPF immiscible phase filter
- Whole blood (WB) is a rich source of genomic DNA; however, it is an extremely complex medium containing numerous PCR inhibitors in high concentrations.
- a qPCR assay was developed to detect proviral HIV-1 DNA integrated into peripheral blood mononuclear cells. Proviral DNA detection is used routinely to diagnose infants with HIV-1 (Read and Committee on Pediatric AIDS Pediatrics 120(6): el547-1562 2007).
- the Promega Magnesil gDNA purification kit which consists of 10 steps (lysis, 7 washes, drying and elution) was adapted for use with the IPF which involved 3 steps (lysis, PMP transport through liquid wax, and elution).
- the Promega Magnesil gDNA purification protocol was carried out at the manufacturer's recommendations.
- 254 blood was added to 60 ⁇ L lysis buffer, agitated for a minute and incubated for 4 minutes at room temperature.
- 44 ⁇ L of lysis buffer and 6 ⁇ L, of PMPs was added, agitated for a minute and incubated for 4 minutes.
- 15 ⁇ L of lysis buffer and 200 ⁇ L of alcohol wash buffer were added to the solution and the IPF purification was carried out as before.
- the purified DNA was amplified using the Abbott RealTime HIV-1 Amplification Reagent Kit (Abbott Molecular, Des Plaines, Ill.) (Huang, Salituro et al. 2007) in 25 ⁇ l reaction volume. Amplification reactions were performed in Cepheid SmartCycler II (Sunnyvale, Calif.).
Abstract
The present invention relates to systems, devices, and methods for performing biological reactions. In particular, the present invention relates to the use of lipophilic, water immiscible, or hydrophobic barriers in sample separation, purification, modification, and analysis processes.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/395,020 filed Feb. 27, 2009, now pending, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/032,655, filed Feb. 29, 2008, each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- This invention was made with government support under Grant No CCF0329957 awarded by the National Science Foundation and Grant No. 5R01EB001418-03 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
- The present invention relates to systems, devices, and methods for performing biological reactions. In particular, the present invention relates to the use of hydrophobic, water-immiscible, or lipophilic barriers in sample separation, purification, modification, and analysis processes.
- There is a great need for cost-effective, easy to use systems, methods, and devices for analyzing biological samples. Many commercially available systems cost tens to hundreds of thousands of dollars and have many moving parts which make them prone to failure. Because of the cost and complexity of such systems, their use has generally been limited to clinical laboratories which have the personnel and services needed to support their operation and maintenance.
- One class of fully integrated automated analyzers, represented by the Abbott Architect, Siemens Centaur, Roche Elecsys, and others, perform immunoassays. Another class of modular analyzers, represented by the Abbott m2000, Roche COBAS, bioMérieux NucliSENS and others, perform nucleic acid assays. Much of the complexity of these systems is a result of separation steps involved in processing the assays.
- Modular systems are also frequently used in research laboratories. Immunoassay separations may be performed by plate washers such as Titertek MAP-C2, BioTek ELx50, Tecan PW 96/384 and others. Nucleic acid separations are performed by systems such as the Applied Biosystems PRISM™ 6100, Invitrogen iPrep, Thermo Scientific KingFisher, Promega Maxwell, and others.
- The availability of low-cost, reliable analyzers is of particular concern as it relates to the diagnosis and management of disease around the world. This problem is vividly illustrated by the problems associated with management of HIV infections. Many technologies exist that permit detection of nucleic acids or protein levels associated with HIV. This detection is important for managing the patient care of those infected by HIV. However, the cost and complexity of these systems prohibits their widespread use.
- The present invention relates to systems, devices, and methods for performing biological reactions. In particular, the present invention relates to the use of hydrophobic, water or alcohol-immiscible, or lipophilic barriers in sample separation, purification, modification, and analysis processes.
- In some embodiments, the present invention provides a biological sample purification and/or analysis device, comprising: a plurality of sample processing chambers comprising reagents for biological molecule or cell purification, modification, analysis, and/or detection; and a lipophilic substance in between (e.g., separating) two or more of the chambers. In some embodiments, the lipophilic substance is a wax. In some embodiments, the wax is a phase change wax that can take liquid or solid forms of pre-determined temperatures. For example, in some embodiments, the wax takes solid form at storing or shipping temperatures and liquid form at reaction temperature (e.g., room temperature). In some embodiments, the lipophilic substance is an oil. In some embodiments, there are two reaction chambers. In some embodiments, there are three reaction chambers. In some embodiments, there are four reaction chambers. In some embodiments, there are five reactions chambers. In some embodiments, there are six or more reaction chambers (e.g., 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, . . ., 20, . . .). In some embodiments, the lipophilic material provides a contiguous barrier between two or more of the chambers (i.e., a sample passes from a first chamber directly into the lipophilic material and directly out of the lipophilic material into the second chamber). In other embodiments, there is air, liquid, or other material between the lipophilic material and one or more of the chambers. In such embodiments, the lipophilic material is positioned such that a sample or biological molecule to be processed passes through the lipophilic material at some point between its transit from a first chamber to a second chamber.
- In some embodiments, all of, or a subset of the reaction chambers are dedicated for sample purification. For example, one or more reaction chambers contain reagents that cause a sample purification event to occur, including, but not limited to, cell lysis, biological molecule capture, biological molecule separation, and cellular culture, purification, and/or analysis. In some embodiments, all of, or a subset of the reactions chambers are dedicated for sample modification. For example, one or more reaction chambers contain reagents that cause a biological molecule (e.g., nucleic acid, protein, lipid, etc.) or cell modification event to occur, including, but not limited to, amplification, ligation, cleavage, labeling, extension, degradation, association with a ligand, oligomerization, transfection, transformation, transgenesis, division, differentiation, and the like. In some embodiments, all of, or a subset of the reaction chambers are dedicated for sample analysis. For example, one or more reaction chambers contain reagents or other components that permit detection or other types of analysis of a biological molecule or cells of interest. In some embodiments, the chambers contain reagents that permit development of a color, fluorescent signal, luminescent signal or other detectable characteristic. In some embodiments, the chambers are configured to optimize signal detection by a signal reader (e.g., color reader, fluorescence reader, luminescence reader, the human eye, etc.). One or more of the chambers may be used for multiple different tasks, including purification, modification, analysis, and/or detection.
- The present invention is not limited by the manner in which the chambers are configured or separated from one another. The chambers may each be the same size and shape as one another or may be different sizes or shapes. A wide variety of configurations may be used. In some embodiments, the chambers are wells and the lipophilic barrier sits on top of or below the wells, such that any material that is transferred from one chamber to another, must pass through the lipophilic material by moving up or down, and over. In some embodiments, the chambers are created by the existence of the lipophilic material. For example, in some embodiments, a lipophilic material is deposited along one or more points in a channel or channels (e.g., in a glass, plastic, or ceramic tube), to create barriers between zones in the channel or channels. The channel may be any size, including small sizes such as capillary tubes or microfluidic channels. In some embodiments, that chambers and barriers are configured so that a sample or biological molecule of interest must travel through a linear series of reaction chambers. However, in other embodiments, a sample or biological molecule in a first reaction chamber may optionally skip one or more other chambers. In some embodiments, the chambers are housed in a device that has a size or shape configured to fit existing laboratory equipment (e.g., automated robotic arms, plate holders (e.g., 96-well), thermocyclers, fluorescent detectors, etc.). In some embodiments, channels are used to separate reaction chambers, where all or a portion of the channel contains the lipophilic material. For example, in some embodiments, the device is configured similar to a 96-well or 384-well plate with channels connecting two more of the wells. In some embodiments, a pathway between two chambers contains air, water, or other fluids, where the sample passes through the air, water, or other fluid before and/or after entering or leaving the lipophilic material.
- In some embodiments, reaction chambers are microwells or microtubes containing hydrophilic solutions and the lipophilic substance is placed on top of or below the solution in a subset of the chambers or in a separate chamber.
- In some embodiments, the device comprises a transport mechanism that permits transfer of a desired material from one reaction chamber to another through the lipophilic material. For example, in some embodiments, a biological molecule of interest is associated with a magnetic particle, such as a magnetic bead, in one of the reaction chambers. The biological molecule of interest is moved from one chamber to the other by application of a magnetic field (e.g., from a magnet) that causes the magnetic particle to travel from a first chamber, through the lipophilic barrier, to a second chamber. In other embodiments, an electrical field is created to move biological molecules or components associated with the biological molecules (e.g., ligands, beads, charge tags, etc.), using charge, from one reaction chamber to another. In some embodiments, centrifugal force is used to move biological molecules of interest from one chamber to another, through the lipophilic barrier. In some embodiments, pressure from a vacuum or from suction is used to move materials between chambers. The present invention is not limited by the mechanism of transport.
- In some embodiments, the device comprises a vapor barrier to prevent or reduce the loss of liquid during handling or use. In some embodiments, the device is composed of a plurality of thin layers of material stacked on one another. For example, in some embodiments, the layers comprise an aluminum foil layer sandwiched between plastic layers.
- In some embodiments, the devices of the invention are provided as a system (e.g., kit) that includes one or more other components that permit sample acquisition, sample handling, sample disposal, data collection, data analysis, and data presentation. These components may be separate devices or may be integrated into a single multi-component device. These components may include, but are not limited to, medical devices, environmental sample handling devices, protein purification devices, nucleic acid purification devices, computers, software, and the like. One or more components of the system or device can be automated. In some embodiments, one or more components of the system are configured to work without automation. For example, in a non-automated system, a handheld magnet is provided to move samples from one chamber to another, a heat block or water bath is used to create the desired reactions temperatures, a hand held fluorescence detector is used to detect signal or a signal is observed by eye.
- The systems and devices of the invention find use with a wide variety of samples. For example, in some embodiments, a sample is a biological or environmental sample. Biological samples may be obtained from animals (including humans) and encompass fluids, solids, tissues, and gases. Biological samples include blood products, such as plasma, serum and the like, as well as cerebrospinal fluid, sputum, bronchial washing, bronchial aspirates, urine, lymph fluids, and various external secretions of the respiratory, intestinal and genitourinary tracts, tears, saliva, milk, white blood cells, myelomas, biological fluids such as cell culture supernatants, tissue (fixed or not fixed), cell (fixed or not fixed), and the like. Environmental samples include, but are not limited to, environmental material such as surface matter, soil, water, and industrial samples.
-
FIG. 1 shows a cartridge for sample purification and PCR in accord with some embodiments of the present invention. -
FIG. 2 shows a cartridge for sample purification of some embodiments of the present invention. -
FIG. 3 shows layers of a foil laminate used in constructing cartridges of some embodiments of the present invention. -
FIG. 4 shows a drawing of a foil laminate cartridge used in some embodiments of the present invention. -
FIG. 5 shows (a) the position of a permanent magnet with respect to two immiscible fluids and (b) a surface plot of magnetic force on a particle in the x and y directions. -
FIG. 6 shows an experimental set up for estimation of surface tension using the weight drop method. -
FIG. 7 shows an illustration of the various stages of a sandwich assay in a tube-based microfluidic system. -
FIG. 8 shows a plot of FL1 height verses Log (Biotin concentration). -
FIG. 9 shows a plot of events recorded by the flow cytometer verses forward scatter, side scatter and FL1 height. -
FIG. 10 shows an illustration of the movement of streptavidin coated magnetic particles from one capillary to another followed by reaction with biotin. -
FIG. 11 a shows the signal of streptavidin coated particles after moving through oil containing a fluorescent dye.FIG. 11 b shows the signal of streptavidin coated particles after moving through oil containing a fluorescent dye followed by agitation of the particles in PBS buffer. -
FIG. 12 shows a schematic of a two-chamber cuvette used in some embodiments of the present invention. -
FIG. 13 shows a schematic of a two-chamber cuvette used in some embodiments of the present invention. -
FIG. 14 shows qRT-PCR for HIV-1 from plasma using an immiscible phase filter (IPF) method: Standard curve of Ct values for 4 different RNA concentrations run in duplicate plotted verses the log10 of the HIV-1 viral copy number. -
FIG. 15 shows a Bland-Altman plot comparing the IPF and manual method of purification: Solid black squares show difference between the two methods, solid line (y=−0.00772) plots the mean difference between the two methods and the dashes lines show the mean +2 and −2 standard deviations (SD) of the mean. -
FIG. 16 shows IPF quantification by qPCR of Chlamydia from urine samples. -
FIG. 17 shows IPF quantification by qPCR of gonorrhea from urine samples. -
FIG. 18 shows Bland-Altman plot comparing the IPF and manual method of purification of Chlamydia. -
FIG. 19 shows a Bland-Altman plot comparing the IPF and manual method of purification of gonorrhea. -
FIG. 20 shows IPF PCR for proviral DNA from 25 μL WB. -
FIG. 21 shows a Bland-Altman plot comparing the IPF and manual method of purification. - To facilitate an understanding of this disclosure, terms are defined below:
- As used herein, the term “lipophilic material” refers to any substance which is substantially immiscible in water, alcohol, or other hydrophilic or aqueous fluid. In some embodiments, lipophilic materials of the present invention have a low solubility for substances that interfere with a particular biological process such as nucleic amplification or biomolecule detection. In some embodiments, lipophilic materials of the invention have a low vapor pressure. Lipophilic substances tend to interact within themselves and with other substances through van der Waals forces. They have little to no capacity to form hydrogen bonds. Lipophilic substances typically have large o/w (oil/water) partition coefficients.
- “Water insoluble” and “hydrophobic” materials are used synonymously in this specification. The terms include polymers that are practically insoluble in water and freely soluble in volatile lipophilic solvents such as methylene chloride and non-volatile hydrophilic solvents, particularly N-methyl pyrollidone (NMP).
- “Water-miscible” or “hydrophilic” materials refer to an organic liquid that can be diluted with at least an equal part of water without separation.
- A property of “water-immiscible” or “lipophilic” materials is that they cannot be diluted with at least an equal part of water without separation.
- “Purified polypeptide” or “purified protein” or “purified nucleic acid” means a polypeptide or nucleic acid of interest or fragment thereof which is essentially free of, e.g., contains less than about 50%, preferably less than about 70%, and more preferably less than about 90%, cellular components with which the polypeptide or polynucleocide of interest is naturally associated.
- The term “isolated” means that the material is removed from its original environment (e.g., the natural environment if it is naturally occurring). For example, a naturally-occurring polynucleotide or polypeptide present in a living animal is not isolated, but the same polynucleotide or DNA or polypeptide, which is separated from some or all of the coexisting materials in the natural system, is isolated. Such polynucleotide could be part of a vector and/or such polynucleotide or polypeptide could be part of a composition, and still be isolated in that the vector or composition is not part of its natural environment.
- “Polypeptide” and “protein” are used interchangeably herein and include all polypeptides as described below. The basic structure of polypeptides is well known and has been described in innumerable textbooks and other publications in the art. In this context, the term is used herein to refer to any peptide or protein comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other in a linear chain by peptide bonds. As used herein, the term refers to both short chains, which also commonly are referred to in the art as peptides, oligopeptides and oligomers, for example, and to longer chains, which generally are referred to in the art as proteins, of which there are many types.
- It will be appreciated that polypeptides often contain amino acids other than the 20 amino acids commonly referred to as the 20 naturally occurring amino acids, and that many amino acids, including the terminal amino acids, may be modified in a given polypeptide, either by natural processes, such as processing and other post-translational modifications, but also by chemical modification techniques which are well known to the art. Even the common modifications that occur naturally in polypeptides are too numerous to list exhaustively here, but they are well described in basic texts and in more detailed monographs, as well as in a voluminous research literature, and they are well known to those of skill in the art. Among the known modifications which may be present in polypeptides of the present are, to name an illustrative few, acetylation, acylation, ADP-ribosylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a heme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a lipid of lipid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphatidylinositol, cross-linking, cyclization, disulfide bond formation, demethylation, formation of covalent cross-links, formation of cystine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation, gamma-carboxylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, hydroxylation, iodination, methylation, myrisoylation, oxidation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, selenoylation, sulfation, transfer-RNA mediated addition of amino acids to proteins such as arginylation, and ubiquitination.
- Such modifications are well known to those of skill and have been described in great detail in the scientific literature. Several particularly common modifications, glycosylation, lipid attachment, sulfation, gamma-carboxylation of glutamic acid residues, hydroxylation and ADP-ribosylation, for instance, are described in most basic texts, such as for instance Proteins—Structure and Molecular Properties, 2.sup.nd Ed., T. E. Creighton, W. H, Freeman and Company, New York (1993). Many detailed reviews are available on this subject, such as, for example, those provided by Wold, F., Posttranslational Protein Modifications: Perspectives and Prospects, pg. 1-12 in Posttranslational Covalent Modification of Proteins, B. C. Johnson, Ed., Academic Press, New York (1983); Seifter et al., Analysis for protein modifications and nonprotein cofactors, Meth. Enzymol. 182: 626-646 (1990) and Rattan et al., Protein synthesis: Posttranslational Modifications and Aging, Ann N.Y. Acad. Sci. 663: 48-62(1992).
- It will be appreciated, as is well known and as noted above, that polypeptides are not always entirely linear. For instance, polypeptides may be branched as a result of ubiquitination, and they may be circular, with or without branching, generally as a result of posttranslational events, including natural processing events and events brought about by human manipulation which do not occur naturally. Circular, branched, and branched circular polypeptides may be synthesized by non-translational natural process and by entirely synthetic methods as well.
- Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl termini. In fact, blockage of the amino or carboxyl group in a polypeptide, or both, by a covalent modification, is common in naturally occurring and synthetic polypeptides. For instance, the amino terminal residue of polypeptides made in E. coli, prior to proteolytic processing, almost invariably will be N-formylmethionine.
- The modifications that occur in a polypeptide often will be a function of how it is made. For polypeptides made by expressing a cloned gene in a host, for instance, the nature and extent of the modifications in large part will be determined by the host cell posttranslational modification capacity and the modification signals present in the polypeptide amino acid sequence. For instance, as is well known, glycosylation often does not occur in bacterial hosts such as E. coli. Accordingly, when glycosylation is desired, a polypeptide should be expressed in a glycosylating host, generally a eukaryotic cell. Insect cells often carry out the same posttranslational glycosylations as mammalian cells, and, for this reason, insect cell expression systems have been developed to express efficiently mammalian proteins having native patterns of glycosylation. Similar considerations apply to other modifications.
- It will be appreciated that the same type of modification may be present in the same or varying degree at several sites in a given polypeptide. Also, a given polypeptide may contain many types of modifications.
- In general, as used herein, the term polypeptide encompasses all such modifications, particularly those that are present in polypeptides synthesized by expressing a polynucleotide in a host cell.
- The term “mature” polypeptide refers to a polypeptide which has undergone a complete, post-translational modification appropriate for the subject polypeptide and the cell of origin.
- A “fragment” of a specified polypeptide refers to an amino acid sequence which comprises at least about 3-5 amino acids, more preferably at least about 8-10 amino acids, and even more preferably at least about 15-20 amino acids derived from the specified polypeptide.
- The term “immunologically identifiable with/as” refers to the presence of epitope(s) and polypeptide(s) which also are present in and are unique to the designated polypeptide(s). Immunological identity may be determined by antibody binding and/or competition in binding. The uniqueness of an epitope also can be determined by computer searches of known data banks, such as GenBank, for the polynucleotide sequence which encodes the epitope and by amino acid sequence comparisons with other known proteins.
- As used herein, “epitope” means an antigenic determinant of a polypeptide or protein. Conceivably, an epitope can comprise three amino acids in a spatial conformation which is unique to the epitope. Generally, an epitope consists of at least five such amino acids and more usually, it consists of at least eight to ten amino acids. Methods of examining spatial conformation are known in the art and include, for example, x-ray crystallography and two-dimensional nuclear magnetic resonance.
- A “conformational epitope” is an epitope that is comprised of a specific juxtaposition of amino acids in an immunologically recognizable structure, such amino acids being present on the same polypeptide in a contiguous or non-contiguous order or present on different polypeptides.
- A polypeptide is “immunologically reactive” with an antibody when it binds to an antibody due to antibody recognition of a specific epitope contained within the polypeptide. Immunological reactivity may be determined by antibody binding, more particularly, by the kinetics of antibody binding, and/or by competition in binding using as competitor(s) a known polypeptide(s) containing an epitope against which the antibody is directed. The methods for determining whether a polypeptide is immunologically reactive with an antibody are known in the art.
- As used herein, the term “immunogenic polypeptide containing an epitope of interest” means naturally occurring polypeptides of interest or fragments thereof, as well as polypeptides prepared by other means, for example, by chemical synthesis or the expression of the polypeptide in a recombinant organism.
- “Purified product” refers to a preparation of the product which has been isolated from the cellular constituents with which the product is normally associated and from other types of cells which may be present in the sample of interest.
- “Analyte,” as used herein, is the substance to be detected which may be present in the test sample, including, biological molecules of interest, small molecules, pathogens, and the like. The analyte can include a protein, a polypeptide, an amino acid, a nucleotide target and the like. The analyte can be soluble in a body fluid such as blood, blood plasma or serum, urine or the like. The analyte can be in a tissue, either on a cell surface or within a cell. The analyte can be on or in a cell dispersed in a body fluid such as blood, urine, breast aspirate, or obtained as a biopsy sample.
- A “specific binding member,” as used herein, is a member of a specific binding pair. That is, two different molecules where one of the molecules, through chemical or physical means, specifically binds to the second molecule. Therefore, in addition to antigen and antibody specific binding pairs of common immunoassays, other specific binding pairs can include biotin and avidin, carbohydrates and lectins, complementary nucleotide sequences, effector and receptor molecules, cofactors and enzymes, enzyme inhibitors, and enzymes and the like. Furthermore, specific binding pairs can include members that are analogs of the original specific binding members, for example, an analyte-analog. Immunoreactive specific binding members include antigens, antigen fragments, antibodies and antibody fragments, both monoclonal and polyclonal and complexes thereof, including those formed by recombinant DNA molecules.
- Specific binding members include “specific binding molecules.” A “specific binding molecule” intends any specific binding member, particularly an immunoreactive specific binding member. As such, the term “specific binding molecule” encompasses antibody molecules (obtained from both polyclonal and monoclonal preparations), as well as, the following: hybrid (chimeric) antibody molecules (see, for example, Winter, et al., Nature 349: 293-299 (1991), and U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567); F(ab').sub.2 and F(ab) fragments; Fv molecules (non-covalent heterodimers, see, for example, Inbar, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 69: 2659-2662 (1972), and Ehrlich, et al., Biochem. 19: 4091-4096 (1980)); single chain Fv molecules (sFv) (see, for example, Huston, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 5879-5883 (1988)); humanized antibody molecules (see, for example, Riechmann, et al., Nature 332: 323-327 (1988), Verhoeyan, et al., Science 239: 1534-1536 (1988), and UK Patent Publication No. GB 2,276,169, published 21 Sep. 1994); and, any functional fragments obtained from such molecules, wherein such fragments retain immunological binding properties of the parent antibody molecule.
- The term “hapten,” as used herein, refers to a partial antigen or non-protein binding member which is capable of binding to an antibody, but which is not capable of eliciting antibody formation unless coupled to a carrier protein.
- A “capture reagent,” as used herein, refers to an unlabeled specific binding member which is specific either for the analyte as in a sandwich assay, for the indicator reagent or analyte as in a competitive assay, or for an ancillary specific binding member, which itself is specific for the analyte, as in an indirect assay. The capture reagent can be directly or indirectly bound to a solid phase material before the performance of the assay or during the performance of the assay, thereby enabling the separation of immobilized complexes from the test sample.
- The “indicator reagent” comprises a “signal-generating compound” (“label”) which is capable of generating and generates a measurable signal detectable by external means. In some embodiments, the indicator reagent is conjugated (“attached”) to a specific binding member. In addition to being an antibody member of a specific binding pair, the indicator reagent also can be a member of any specific binding pair, including either hapten-anti-hapten systems such as biotin or anti-biotin, avidin or biotin, a carbohydrate or a lectin, a complementary nucleotide sequence, an effector or a receptor molecule, an enzyme cofactor and an enzyme, an enzyme inhibitor or an enzyme and the like. An immunoreactive specific binding member can be an antibody, an antigen, or an antibody/antigen complex that is capable of binding either to the polypeptide of interest as in a sandwich assay, to the capture reagent as in a competitive assay, or to the ancillary specific binding member as in an indirect assay. When describing probes and probe assays, the term “reporter molecule” may be used. A reporter molecule comprises a signal generating compound as described hereinabove conjugated to a specific binding member of a specific binding pair, such as carbazole or adamantane.
- The various “signal-generating compounds” (labels) contemplated include chromagens, catalysts such as enzymes, luminescent compounds such as fluorescein and rhodamine, chemiluminescent compounds such as dioxetanes, acridiniums, phenanthridiniums and luminol, radioactive elements and direct visual labels. Examples of enzymes include alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, beta-galactosidase and the like. The selection of a particular label is not critical, but it should be capable of producing a signal either by itself or in conjunction with one or more additional substances.
- “Solid phases” (“solid supports”) are known to those in the art and include the walls of wells of a reaction tray, test tubes, polystyrene beads, magnetic or non-magnetic beads, nitrocellulose strips, membranes, microparticles such as latex particles, and others. The “solid phase” is not critical and can be selected by one skilled in the art. Thus, latex particles, microparticles, magnetic or non-magnetic beads, membranes, plastic tubes, walls of microtiter wells, glass or silicon chips, are all suitable examples. It is contemplated and within the scope of the present invention that the solid phase also can comprise any suitable porous material.
- As used herein, the terms “detect”, “detecting”, or “detection” may describe either the general act of discovering or discerning or the specific observation of a detectably labeled composition.
- The term “polynucleotide” refers to a polymer of ribonucleic acid (RNA), deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), modified RNA or DNA, or RNA or DNA mimetics. This term, therefore, includes polynucleotides composed of naturally-occurring nucleobases, sugars and covalent internucleoside (backbone) linkages as well as polynucleotides having non-naturally-occurring portions which function similarly. Such modified or substituted polynucleotides are well-known in the art and for the purposes of the present invention, are referred to as “analogues.”
- As used herein, the term “nucleic acid molecule” refers to any nucleic acid containing molecule, including but not limited to, DNA or RNA. The term encompasses sequences that include any of the known base analogs of DNA and RNA including, but not limited to, 4-acetylcytosine, 8-hydroxy-N6-methyladenosine, aziridinylcytosine, pseudoisocytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl) uracil, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluracil, dihydrouracil, inosine, N6-isopentenyladenine, 1-methyladenine, 1-methylpseudouracil, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-methyladenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyluracil, 5-methoxy-aminomethyl-2-thiouracil, beta-D-mannosylqueosine, 5′-methoxycarbonylmethyluracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid, oxybutoxosine, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, N-uracil-5-oxyacetic acid methylester, uracil-5-oxyacetic acid, pseudouracil, queosine, 2-thiocytosine, and 2,6-diaminopurine.
- The term “gene” refers to a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) sequence that comprises coding sequences necessary for the production of a polypeptide, precursor, or RNA (e.g., rRNA, tRNA). The polypeptide can be encoded by a full length coding sequence or by any portion of the coding sequence so long as the desired activity or functional properties (e.g., enzymatic activity, ligand binding, signal transduction, immunogenicity, etc.) of the full-length or fragment are retained. The term also encompasses the coding region of a structural gene and the sequences located adjacent to the coding region on both the 5′ and 3′ ends for a distance of about 1 kb or more on either end such that the gene corresponds to the length of the full-length mRNA. Sequences located 5′ of the coding region and present on the mRNA are referred to as 5′ non-translated sequences. Sequences located 3′ or downstream of the coding region and present on the mRNA are referred to as 3′ non-translated sequences. The term “gene” encompasses both cDNA and genomic forms of a gene. A genomic form or clone of a gene contains the coding region interrupted with non-coding sequences termed “introns” or “intervening regions” or “intervening sequences.” Introns are segments of a gene that are transcribed into nuclear RNA (hnRNA); introns may contain regulatory elements such as enhancers. Introns are removed or “spliced out” from the nuclear or primary transcript; introns therefore are absent in the messenger RNA (mRNA) transcript. The mRNA functions during translation to specify the sequence or order of amino acids in a nascent polypeptide.
- The term “nucleic acid amplification reagents” includes conventional reagents employed in amplification reactions and includes, but is not limited to, one or more enzymes having polymerase activity, enzyme cofactors (such as magnesium or nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD)), salts, buffers, deoxynucleotide triphosphates (dNTPs; for example, deoxyadenosine triphosphate, deoxyguanosine triphosphate, deoxycytidine triphosphate and deoxythymidine triphosphate) and other reagents that modulate the activity of the polymerase enzyme or the specificity of the primers.
- As used herein, the terms “complementary” or “complementarity” are used in reference to polynucleotides (i.e., a sequence of nucleotides such as an oligonucleotide or a target nucleic acid) related by the base-pairing rules. Complementarity may be “partial,” in which only some of the nucleic acids' bases are matched according to the base pairing rules. Or, there may be “complete” or “total” complementarity between the nucleic acids. The degree of complementarity between nucleic acid strands has significant effects on the efficiency and strength of hybridization between nucleic acid strands. This is of particular importance in amplification reactions, as well as detection methods which depend upon binding between nucleic acids.
- The term “homology” refers to a degree of identity. There may be partial homology or complete homology. A partially identical sequence is one that is less than 100% identical to another sequence.
- As used herein, the term “hybridization” is used in reference to the pairing of complementary nucleic acids. Hybridization and the strength of hybridization (i.e., the strength of the association between the nucleic acids) is impacted by such factors as the degree of complementary between the nucleic acids, stringency of the conditions involved, the Tm of the formed hybrid, and the G:C ratio within the nucleic acids.
- As used herein, the term “Tm” is used in reference to the “melting temperature.” The melting temperature is the temperature at which a population of double-stranded nucleic acid molecules becomes half dissociated into single strands. The equation for calculating the Tm of nucleic acids is well known in the art. As indicated by standard references, a simple estimate of the Tm value may be calculated by the equation: Tm=81.5+0.41(% G+C), when a nucleic acid is in aqueous solution at 1 M NaCl (see e.g., Anderson and Young, Quantitative Filter Hybridization, in Nucleic Acid Hybridization (1985). Other references include more sophisticated computations which take structural as well as sequence characteristics into account for the calculation of Tm.
- As used herein the term “stringency” is used in reference to the conditions of temperature, ionic strength, and the presence of other compounds, under which nucleic acid hybridizations are conducted. With “high stringency” conditions, nucleic acid base pairing will occur only between nucleic acid fragments that have a high frequency of complementary base sequences. Thus, conditions of “weak” or “low” stringency are often required when it is desired that nucleic acids which are not completely complementary to one another be hybridized or annealed together.
- The term “wild-type” refers to a gene or gene product which has the characteristics of that gene or gene product when isolated from a naturally occurring source. A wild-type gene is that which is most frequently observed in a population and is thus arbitrarily designed the “normal” or “wild-type” form of the gene. In contrast, the term “modified” or “mutant” refers to a gene or gene product which displays modifications in sequence and or functional properties (i.e., altered characteristics) when compared to the wild-type gene or gene product. It is noted that naturally-occurring mutants can be isolated; these are identified by the fact that they have altered characteristics when compared to the wild-type gene or gene product.
- The term “oligonucleotide” as used herein is defined as a molecule comprised of two or more deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, preferably at least 5 nucleotides, more preferably at least about 10-15 nucleotides and more preferably at least about 15 to 30 nucleotides, or longer. The exact size will depend on many factors, which in turn depends on the ultimate function or use of the oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide may be generated in any manner, including chemical synthesis, DNA replication, reverse transcription, or a combination thereof.
- Because mononucleotides are reacted to make oligonucleotides in a manner such that the 5′ phosphate of one mononucleotide pentose ring is attached to the 3′ oxygen of its neighbor in one direction via a phosphodiester linkage, an end of an oligonucleotide is referred to as the “5′ end” if its 5′ phosphate is not linked to the 3′ oxygen of a mononucleotide pentose ring and as the “3′ end” if its 3′ oxygen is not linked to a 5′ phosphate of a subsequent mononucleotide pentose ring. As used herein, a nucleic acid sequence, even if internal to a larger oligonucleotide, also may be said to have 5′ and 3′ ends. A first region along a nucleic acid strand is said to be upstream of another region if the 3′ end of the first region is before the 5′ end of the second region when moving along a strand of nucleic acid in a 5′ to 3′ direction.
- When two different, non-overlapping oligonucleotides anneal to different regions of the same linear complementary nucleic acid sequence, and the 3′ end of one oligonucleotide points towards the 5′ end of the other, the former may be called the “upstream” oligonucleotide and the latter the “downstream” oligonucleotide.
- The term “primer” refers to an oligonucleotide which is capable of acting as a point of initiation of synthesis when placed under conditions in which primer extension is initiated. An oligonucleotide “primer” may occur naturally, as in a purified restriction digest or may be produced synthetically.
- The present invention relates to systems, devices, and methods for performing biological reactions. In particular, the present invention relates to the use of lipophilic barriers in sample separation, purification, modification, and analysis processes.
- The systems, devices, and methods of the invention may be configured, if desired, as inexpensive and easy-to-use sample purification and/or modification and/or analysis and/or detection systems. For example, embodiments of the present invention, described herein, provide an economical means for widespread biological molecule detection, analysis, and characterization. These systems, device, and methods find many uses. To illustrate aspect and benefits of the invention, its application to nucleic acid and protein analysis, particularly for monitoring HIV infection and status, are provided below. The invention is not limited to these illustrative embodiments. In some embodiments, the systems, devices, and methods of the invention are utilized in conjunction with existing, complex, expensive sample separation, purification, modification, and analysis equipments. For example, in some embodiments, the approaches of the present invention are used for sample preparation (e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide purification) prior to modification and/or analysis using traditional equipment (e.g., thermocyclers, mass spectrometers, NMR devices, etc.).
- There are 35 million adults and children living with HIV/AIDS, 22 million of them in sub-Saharan Africa. The average clinic in Africa treats about 400 patients and the problem of transportation is leading to an increase in the number of clinics rather than the growth of large central facilities. Therefore, there is a need for more than 100,000 viral load measuring machines. The major limitations of currently available viral load assays include the cost of the required instruments, the complex and time-consuming procedures leading to the need for highly trained personnel, and the need for cold-chain shipment of reagents.
- The development of affordable and simple HIV viral load assays is a critical step for improving the quality of AIDS patient care in the developing world. This would require automating complex diagnostic procedures that are normally performed in a centralized laboratory into small point of care (POC) devices; this capability could empower health-care workers and patients with important health-related information in even the most remote settings. The required HIV viral load assay should preferably deliver answers at the point of care, but moving it from remote central laboratories to district hospital labs closer to the patient will improve outcomes. Such a device will perform separation, amplification, and detection of HIV with a short turnaround time and at an affordable cost. A short time is critical since it would reduce the number of machines needed in a clinic and reduce the time spent by the patient at the clinic, thereby reducing the actual cost.
- Many challenges must be overcome when conducting HIV viral load assays both in centralized laboratories and out in the field. Large laboratories use automated or semi-automated robotic systems for high-volume HIV viral load assays. However, sample processing is typically the most troublesome part of these tests. Currently, sample-processing procedures involve many steps, often requiring centrifugation and extraction steps. Also, these methods often do not adequately purify the target nucleic acid. They often leave inhibitory or interfering substances in the reaction mixture that can cause inhibition of the amplification reaction and result in false-negative results. The manual nature of current sample-processing techniques also can lead to specimen cross-contamination, which can cause false-positive results.
- Considerable effort has been made in trying to automate the sample preparation process, since this would allow for the more widespread use of PCR or other nucleic analysis techniques. However, existing automated high-throughput systems perform multiple extraction and purification steps, and still require certain manual preparations, including sample and reagent loading, and waste removal. Hence, highly trained technicians are required to conduct the assay and maintain the instrument. The automated systems are very expensive because they use complex robotic arms to move solutions or magnetic particles and precision instruments to pipette liquids. The cost of an automated system is often difficult to justify for smaller laboratories, especially those in resource limited settings. Cross-contamination is also a problem since they employ amplification technologies. Clinical laboratories often use separate rooms for reagent preparation, sample preparation, amplification, and post-amplification analysis. For these reasons, despite the automation, viral load testing is considered high-complexity tests under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (CLIA). To date, no Nucleic Acid Test (NAT) system has qualified for CLIA-waived status, largely because of the difficulties in automating sample preparation and reagent handling.
- Performing field-use or near-patient NATs involves even more challenges, especially since they will inevitably be conducted by less-experienced users in non-laboratory environments. The following systems have recently been developed for deployment of NATs in the field.
- The GeneXpert system by Cepheid (Sunnyvale, Calif.) is one of the first PCR-based instruments that integrate sample preparation, amplification, and detection. The disposable single-test GeneXpert sample-preparation cartridge consists of four functional components: the cap, the cartridge body, the valve body assembly, and the micro volume PCR reaction tube. The cartridge body is divided internally into a number of chambers of various sizes and functions, some containing the lyophilized reagent beads, and each with a port at the bottom for fluidic inflow and outflow. The chambers are radially arranged around the syringe barrel in the center. The valve body assembly, located below the cartridge body, is the site of cell lysing and DNA purification, under software control, a rotary valve on the instrument moves the valve body assembly so that fluids can be aspirated from or dispensed into the appropriate chamber for mixing, dilution, and washing, according to the programmed assay protocol. The reaction tube, which projects from the cartridge, receives the prepared sample and interfaces with the PCR reactor for amplification and detection of the target analyte. To perform a test on the GeneXpert system, the operator opens the cartridge cap and loads the liquid sample into the sample chamber. When the operator closes the cap, the cartridge is permanently sealed throughout the testing procedure and biohazard disposal, eliminating any risk of cross-contamination of samples. Cells are lysed by agitating tiny glass beads in the valve body assembly by ultrasound generated directly below the cartridge. The extracted DNA flows into a micro fluidic channel containing immobilized DNA probes that DNA as the cellular debris flows over. The bound DNA is later released from its attachment site and washed off for PCR amplification.
- Another system developed by IQuum Inc (Allston, Mass.) is the Liat Molecular Analyzer based on its proprietary lab-in-a-tube (Liat) technology platform. The Liat tube uses a flexible tube as the sample vessel and contains all assay reagents pre-packed in tube segments. The unit-dose reagents and internal controls can be held separately in a series of tube segments in the order they are used for an assay by using peelable seals. The peelable seal is formed by a thermal weld of the plastic tube. By applying pressure to the tube segments adjacent to each seal, the seal can burst open to release reagents. In the Liat analyzer, multiple sample-processor modules are aligned with the Liar tube. Each module consists of an actuator and a clamp, whose positions can be controlled to manipulate a test sample within a tube. A retractable magnet is attached to one of the modules for manipulating magnetic beads. When a tube is loaded in the analyzer, the actuators and clamps compress the tube sequentially to move the reagents and controls from one segment to another. Similarly, by synchronizing the motion of the actuators and clamps, various sample processes can be conducted within a tube. Such processes include adjusting a liquid's volume in a segment; releasing a reagent to the adjacent segment; mixing reagents and samples; agitating and incubating a reaction mixture at a given temperature; and washing and removing waste from a segment. Waste is moved toward a waste chamber in the cap while the purified sample moves further down the tube. In the lowest chamber, the released DNA is amplified.
- Other commercialized real-time PCR devices intended for field use include the Ruggedized Advanced Pathogen Identification Device by Idaho Technology Inc. (Salt Lake City), the Hand-Held Advanced Nucleic Acid Analyzer by Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory (Livermore, Calif.), and the Bio-Seeq detector by Smiths Detection (Pine Brook, N.J.). However, these devices do not have automated sample preparation and reagent-handling functions.
- The systems mentioned above are a step in the right direction. However, the GeneXpert is still moderately complex to operate and has to be operated by a trained technician. Since it requires the user to pipette liquid in the field, a precision measuring instrument would be needed which further increases the cost of the system. Although the Liar Molecular Analyzer does not involve measuring precise liquid volumes in the field, it is expensive because of the complex mechanical system needed to move fluids accurately. The Liat tube is difficult to manufacture, which makes quality control difficult. The tube is difficult to store and has leakage problems.
- The controlled movement and delivery of small quantities of-molecules such as proteins and chemical reagents represents an ongoing challenge in micro fluidics and is of critical importance for developing POC devices such as the HIV viral load device. The majority of micro fluidic systems rely on fluid motion to move solutions of molecules from one location to another, and as a result, these systems unnecessarily consume solvent and materials and involve complex mechanical systems to control fluid flow. Embodiments of the present invention provide an alternative approach to address the problem in the use of magnetic micro particles as carriers to move molecules from one reaction media to the next and remove all fluid flow from the system. Such an approach where magnetic particles are manipulated using magnetic forces allows one to carry out complex chemical reaction such as viral load testing is a closed cartridge at a low cost. Since the driving force in the reaction is a magnetic field, the system can be automated, allowing for the construction of a portable, reliable instrument for viral load tests with no contamination problems. While the current system is exemplified for sample purification of HIV viral RNA, the platform can easily be extended to other nucleic acid tests and immunoassays, as well as detection of other biological molecules or non-biological molecule of interest.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide devices used to perform sample purification and analysis assays in a single instrument. In one exemplary embodiment (See e.g., Example 1) it involves the use of magnetic particles as a solid phase for capture of RNA, subsequent purification and release of RNA to carry out amplification and detection.
- Conventional devices conduct assays by exchanging solutions contacting the solid phase. The solid phase may be a micro titer well, a micro particle, or packed column. Even when the solid phase is paramagnetic particles (PMP), assays are typically processed by magnetically capturing the micro particles and exchanging solutions in a single container. Embodiments of the invention use multiple chambers to hold the test sample and water-based or water-alcohol mixture wash buffers and the buffer for carrying out analysis. The water based solutions in the chambers are separated by a lipophilic material (e.g., a wax or oil) which is immiscible with the solutions. This is illustrated, in some embodiments, with a wax material and wells. The wax in the different wells connects to each other forming a wax channel (
FIG. 1 ). The wax can be solidified for storage and transport. During the assay, the wax is melted and the PMP are dragged up into the wax and moved from one compartment to the next by passing them through the wax. Magnetic fields are used to generate the force required to move the PMP and pass them through the interface between the water based solution and the wax. The maximum force is used to move the particles across the interface and a flexible top plate is used to get the magnet close to the interface and reduce the strength of the magnet required to generate the force. - Moving PMP instead of fluids eliminates the need for pumps and aspirators in automated processors and the need of trained technician to aliquot liquids. The use of wax eliminates the need for valves between compartments in single-use test cartridges used in point-of-care analyzers. It also reduces the amount of inhibitors carried over from one chamber to the next by reducing the amount of liquid being carried over from one well to the next. Since the force used to move the particles is magnetic, the system can be completely closed, significantly reducing the risk of contamination, which is a major problem in a sensitive assay such as PCR.
- As described above, the present invention provides the ability to produce and use low cost devices for sample preparation and analysis. In some embodiments, the devices are single-use or multiple use and disposable. In some embodiments, the devices utilize a plastic (or other material) cartridge comprising a plurality of sample processing (e.g., sample preparation and/or analysis) wells. Each well comprises a reagent for sample preparation or analysis. The nature of the reagents depends on the particular sample and analysis methods to be employed. In some embodiments, the cartridge is composed of any material that is chemically inert and provides adequate mechanical strength. In some embodiments, the cartridge is constructed using a foil laminate that comprises an aluminum layer for vapor barrier purposes and inert polymer layers in contact with reagents. In embodiments that involve the purification and analysis of RNA (e.g., viral detection or load assays), it is preferred that the cartridge be RNA and RNAse free. Sterilization methods known in the art can be utilized to sterilize cartridges prior to use.
- The cartridges of embodiments of the present invention are covered with a material that segregates the sample processing chambers. In some embodiments, the material is any lipophilic material that has phase change characteristics and is immiscible with the reagents for sample preparation and analysis and substances in the sample which can interfere with amplification and detection. In some embodiments, the material is a wax. In some embodiments, the wax is a liquid at room temperature. In other embodiments, the wax is a solid at room temperature and a liquid at a temperature suitable for reactions. In other embodiments, the lipophilic material is an oil. The lipophilic material may be selected as optimal for use with a particular molecule of interest in terms of temperature use, size exclusion, stability, and the like.
- In some embodiments, the lipophilic material separates the sample processing chambers. In other embodiments, the lipophilic material is located in between chambers but does not form the physical barrier between the chambers. In such embodiments, the sample may pass through air or other reagents before or after passing through the lipophilic material.
- The present invention is not limited to a particular lipophilic material. In some embodiments, liphophilic materials are immiscible in water and alcohol, exhibit low solubility in water (e.g., ppm), are chemically inert, have melting and boiling points compatible with assay processing (for example, perfluorohexame has a by of 56° C.), have a specific gravity different from water (e.g., float or sink in water), have a low coefficient of expansion, and are stable at 50° C. for long periods of time (e.g., weeks, months, or years).
- Commercially available lipophilic materials that find use in embodiments of the invention include, but are not limited to, Chill-
Out 14 wax (MJ Research), paraffin waxes such as IGI 1070A, microcrystalline waxes such as IGI Micosere 5788A, soy and palm waxes such as IGI R2322A, candle waxes such as IGI 6036A, thermoset waxes such as IGI Astorstat 75, hot melt adhesives, atactic polypropylene and polyolefin compounds, petroleum waxes, and dental waxes. - In other embodiments, natural waxes such as animal waxes (e.g., beeswax, lanolin, or) tallow, vegetable waxes (e.g., carnauba, candelilla, and soy) or mineral waxes such as fossil or earth (e.g., ceresin or montan) or petroleum (e.g., paraffin or microcrystalline) waxes are utilized. In yet other embodiments, synthetic (man-made) waxes such as ethylenic polymers (e.g., polyethylene or polyol ether-esters), chlorinated naphthalenes or hydrocarbon type waxes (e.g. Fischer-Tropsch) are utilized.
- In some embodiments, oils such as mineral oil, paraffin oil, silicon oil, fluorosilicone, fluorocarbon oil (e.g., Fluorinert FC-40 from 3M), perfluorocarbon fluids (e.g., Flutec® Fluids from F2Chemicals), perfluorodecalin (e.g., P9900 from Aldrich, Flutec PP6, FluoroMed APF-140HP), perfluoroperhydrophenanthrene (e.g., FluoroMed APF-215M) or perfluorooctylbromide (e.g., FluoroMed APF-PFOB) are utilized.
- Additional barrier materials include, but are not limited to, 1,4-Dioxane, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, tert-butanol, cyclohexanone, methylene chloride, tert-Amyl alcohol, tert-Butyl methyl ether, butyl acetate, hexanol, nitrobenzene, toluene, octanol, octane, propylene carbonate, and tetramethvlene sulfone (See e.g., Chin et al., Biotechnology and Bioengineering 44:140 (1994); herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
- In still further embodiments, ionic liquids (e.g., BMIM[PF6], BMIM[Tf2N] and OMA[Tf2N] where: BMIM-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, PF6=1-n-butyl-3-methylimidazolium hexafluorophosphate, TfN2=bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide, and OMA=methyltrioctylammonium) are utilized as barrier materials. In yet other embodiments, 1-Butyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate ECOENG™ 21M , 1-Ethyl-3-hydroxymethylpyridinium ethylsulfate, Butylmethylpyrrolidiniumbis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide, ECOENG™ 212, or ECOENG™ 1111P (all available from Solvent Innovations) are utilized as barrier materials.
- The reagents provided in the different compartments of the device may be any reagent for performing sample preparation and analysis. Examples include, but are not limited to, cell lysis buffer, wash buffers, affinity reagents, elution buffers, and reaction components for biological assays. The devices of the present invention are suitable for the purification of a variety of biological molecules including, but not limited to, nucleic acids (e.g., RNA, genomic DNA, oligonucleotides and the like), proteins (e.g., peptides, peptide fragments, oligomeric proteins, protein complexes, membrane proteins, and the like), and antibodies. The devices of the present invention are suitable for carrying out any number of biological assays including, but not limited to, amplification of RNA or DNA (e.g., PCR, TMA, NASBA), detection of nucleic acids (e.g., hybridization assays), and immunoassays.
- In some embodiments, the device includes a component to transport sample from one compartment of the device to the next. In some embodiments, samples are associated with magnetic beads and the transport component is a magnet. In other embodiments, the transport component generates electric current to transport sample. In still further embodiments, centrifugal force is utilized to transport sample and the transport component generates such force (e.g., by movement of the device). In other embodiments, a fluid with a specific gravity greater than water is used such that the fluid moves without mechanical intervention.
- In some embodiments, the device includes a detection component to detect a labeled or otherwise presence biological sample or assay product. Examples include, but are not limited to, spectrophotometers, mass spectrometers, NMR, microscopy and the like. In some embodiments, products are read directly from the final compartment of the device (e.g., using a window for spectroscopy). In other embodiments, products are removed from the device (e.g., using an automated component of the device) for detection.
- Embodiments of the present invention further provide a device comprising fluidic chamber of reactants (e.g., a vertical column) separated by a “wall” of lipophilic material which prevents the reactants from mixing but allows microparticles to cross (e.g., magnetic particles transported by a magnet).
- In some embodiments, the device and its use are automated. An automated system comprises a device for sample purification and analysis, a transport component for moving sample through the device, and any additional components necessary, sufficient or useful for the automation of the process (e.g. pre-processing reagents and sample transport or post analysis detection or further analysis components). In some embodiments where magnetic transport is utilized, the transport component comprises a magnet that moves between chambers of the device. In other embodiments, the device moves relative to a stationary magnet or other transport device.
- As described above, the present invention provides sample preparation and analysis devices and methods of using the devices.
- Any sample suspected of containing the desired material for purification and/or analysis may be tested according to the disclosed methods. In some embodiments, the sample is biological sample. Such a sample may be cells (e.g. cells suspected of being infected with a virus), tissue (e.g., biopsy samples), blood, urine, semen, or a fraction thereof (e.g., plasma, serum, urine supernatant, urine cell pellet or prostate cells), which may be obtained from a patient or other source of biological material, e.g., autopsy sample or forensic material.
- Prior to contacting the sample with the device or as a component of the device or automated system, the sample may be processed to isolate or enrich the sample for the desired molecules. A variety of techniques that use standard laboratory practices may be used for this purpose, such as, e.g., centrifugation, immunocapture, cell lysis, and nucleic acid target capture.
- In other embodiments, the methods of embodiments of the present invention are utilized to purify and/or analyze intact cells (e.g., prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells).
- In some embodiments, the devices of the present invention are utilized in sample preparation and purification. Any suitable methods for purification may be utilized, including but not limited to, target capture, washes, precipitations and the like. In some embodiments, sample purification is carried out entirely in the device and does not require any additional purification steps. Purification may occur in one or more reaction chambers. This decreases the complexity of purification and reduces cost. One of skill in the art recognizes that the particular purification method is dependent on the nature of the target biological sample.
- The purified sample may be detected using any suitable methods, including, but not limited to, those disclosed herein. The description below provides exemplary techniques for biological molecules such as nucleic acids and proteins. Other techniques may be applied for biological molecules or non-biological molecules, as desired or needed.
- i. Nucleic Acid Detection
- Examples of nucleic modification/analysis/detection methods include, but are not limited to, nucleic acid sequencing, nucleic acid hybridization, and nucleic acid amplification. Illustrative non-limiting examples of nucleic acid sequencing techniques include, but are not limited to, chain terminator (Sanger) sequencing and dye terminator sequencing. Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that because RNA is less stable in the cell and more prone to nuclease attack experimentally RNA is usually reverse transcribed to DNA before sequencing. Illustrative non-limiting examples of nucleic acid hybridization techniques include, but are not limited to, in situ hybridization (ISH), microarray, and Southern or Northern blot. Nucleic acids may be amplified prior to or simultaneous with detection.
- Illustrative non-limiting examples of nucleic acid amplification techniques include, but are not limited to, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR), transcription-mediated amplification (TMA), ligase chain reaction (LCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), and nucleic acid sequence based amplification (NASBA). Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that certain amplification techniques (e.g., PCR) require that RNA be reversed transcribed to DNA prior to amplification (e.g., RT-PCR), whereas other amplification techniques directly amplify RNA (e.g., TMA and NASBA).
- The polymerase chain reaction (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202, 4,800,159 and 4,965,188, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as PCR, uses multiple cycles of denaturation, annealing of primer pairs to opposite strands, and primer extension to exponentially increase copy numbers of a target nucleic acid sequence. In a variation called RT-PCR, reverse transcriptase (RT) is used to make a complementary DNA (cDNA) from mRNA, and the cDNA is then amplified by PCR to produce multiple copies of DNA. For other various permutations of PCR see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202 and 4,800,159; Mullis et al., Meth. Enzymol. 155: 335 (1987); and, Murakawa et al., DNA 7: 287 (1988), each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Transcription mediated amplification (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,480,784 and 5,399,491, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as TMA, synthesizes multiple copies of a target nucleic acid sequence autocatalytically under conditions of substantially constant temperature, ionic strength, and pH in which multiple RNA copies of the target sequence autocatalytically generate additional copies. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,399,491 and 5,824,518, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. In a variation described in U.S. Publ. No. 20060046265 (herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), TMA optionally incorporates the use of blocking moieties, terminating moieties, and other modifying moieties to improve TMA process sensitivity and accuracy.
- The ligase chain reaction (Weiss, R., Science 254: 1292 (1991), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as LCR, uses two sets of complementary DNA oligonucleotides that hybridize to adjacent regions of the target nucleic acid. The DNA oligonucleotides are covalently linked by a DNA ligase in repeated cycles of thermal denaturation, hybridization and ligation to produce a detectable double-stranded ligated oligonucleotide product.
- Strand displacement amplification (Walker, G. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89: 392-396 (1992); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,270,184 and 5,455,166, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as SDA, uses cycles of annealing pairs of primer sequences to opposite strands of a target sequence, primer extension in the presence of a dNTPaS to produce a duplex hemiphosphorothioated primer extension product, endonuclease-mediated nicking of a hemimodified restriction endonuclease recognition site, and polymerase-mediated primer extension from the 3′ end of the nick to displace an existing strand and produce a strand for the next round of primer annealing, nicking and strand displacement, resulting in geometric amplification of product. Thermophilic SDA (tSDA) uses thermophilic endonucleases and polymerases at higher temperatures in essentially the same method (EP Pat. No. 0 684 315).
- Other amplification methods include, for example: nucleic acid sequence based amplification (U.S. Pat. No. 5,130,238, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as NASBA; one that uses an RNA replicase to amplify the probe molecule itself (Lizardi et al., BioTechnol. 6: 1197 (1988), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), commonly referred to as Qβ replicase; a transcription based amplification method (Kwoh et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:1173 (1989)); and, self-sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1874 (1990), each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). For further discussion of known amplification methods see Persing, David H., “In Vitro Nucleic Acid Amplification Techniques” in Diagnostic Medical Microbiology: Principles and Applications (Persing et al., Eds.), pp. 51-87 (American Society for Microbiology, Washington, D.C. (1993)).
- Non-amplified or amplified target nucleic acids can be detected by any conventional means. For example, target mRNA can be detected by hybridization with a detectably labeled probe and measurement of the resulting hybrids. Illustrative non-limiting examples of detection methods are described below.
- One illustrative detection method, the Hybridization Protection Assay (HPA) involves hybridizing a chemiluminescent oligonucleotide probe (e.g., an acridinium ester-labeled (AE) probe) to the target sequence, selectively hydrolyzing the chemiluminescent label present on unhybridized probe, and measuring the chemiluminescence produced from the remaining probe in a luminometer. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,174 and Norman C. Nelson et al., Nonisotopic Probing, Blotting, and Sequencing, ch. 17 (Larry J. Kricka ed., 2d ed. 1995, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
- Another illustrative detection method provides for quantitative evaluation of the amplification process in real-time. Evaluation of an amplification process in “real-time” involves determining the amount of amplicon in the reaction mixture either continuously or periodically during the amplification reaction, and using the determined values to calculate the amount of target sequence initially present in the sample. A variety of methods for determining the amount of initial target sequence present in a sample based on real-time amplification are well known in the art. These include methods disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,303,305 and 6,541,205, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Another method for determining the quantity of target sequence initially present in a sample, but which is not based on a real-time amplification, is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,710,029, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Amplification products may be detected in real-time through the use of various self-hybridizing probes, most of which have a stem-loop structure. Such self-hybridizing probes are labeled so that they emit differently detectable signals, depending on whether the probes are in a self-hybridized state or an altered state through hybridization to a target sequence. By way of non-limiting example, “molecular torches” are a type of self-hybridizing probe that includes distinct regions of self-complementarity (referred to as “the target binding domain” and “the target closing domain”) which are connected by a joining region (e.g., non-nucleotide linker) and which hybridize to each other under predetermined hybridization assay conditions. In a preferred embodiment, molecular torches contain single-stranded base regions in the target binding domain that are from 1 to about 20 bases in length and are accessible for hybridization to a target sequence present in an amplification reaction under strand displacement conditions. Under strand displacement conditions, hybridization of the two complementary regions, which may be fully or partially complementary, of the molecular torch is favored, except in the presence of the target sequence, which will bind to the single-stranded region present in the target binding domain and displace all or a portion of the target closing domain. The target binding domain and the target closing domain of a molecular torch include a detectable label or a pair of interacting labels (e.g., luminescent/quencher) positioned so that a different signal is produced when the molecular torch is self-hybridized than when the molecular torch is hybridized to the target sequence, thereby permitting detection of probe:target duplexes in a test sample in the presence of unhybridized molecular torches. Molecular torches and many types of interacting label pairs are known (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,534,274, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
- Another example of a detection probe having self-complementarity is a “molecular beacon” (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,925,517 and 6,150,097, herein incorporated by reference in entirety). Molecular beacons include nucleic acid molecules having a target complementary sequence, an affinity pair (or nucleic acid arms) holding the probe in a closed conformation in the absence of a target sequence present in an amplification reaction, and a label pair that interacts when the probe is in a closed conformation. Hybridization of the target sequence and the target complementary sequence separates the members of the affinity pair, thereby shifting the probe to an open conformation. The shift to the open conformation is detectable due to reduced interaction of the label pair, which may be, for example, a fluorophore and a quencher (e.g., DABCYL and EDANS).
- Other self-hybridizing probes are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. By way of non-limiting example, probe binding pairs having interacting labels (e.g., see U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,862, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) may be adapted for use in the compositions and methods disclosed herein. Probe systems used to detect single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) might also be used. Additional detection systems include “molecular switches,” (e.g., see U.S. Publ. No. 20050042638, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Other probes, such as those comprising intercalating dyes and/or fluorochromes, are also useful for detection of amplification products in the methods disclosed herein (e.g., see U.S. Pat. No. 5,814,447, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
- In some embodiments, detection methods are qualitative (e.g., presence or absence of a particular nucleic acid). In other embodiments, they are quantitative (e.g., viral load).
- ii. Protein Detection
- Examples of protein detection methods include, but are not limited to, enzyme assays, direct visualization, and immunoassays. In some embodiments, immunoassays utilize antibodies to a purified protein. Such antibodies may be polyclonal or monoclonal, chimeric, humanized, single chain or Fab fragments, which may be labeled or unlabeled, all of which may be produced by using well known procedures and standard laboratory practices. See, e.g., Burns, ed., Immunochemical Protocols, 3rd ed., Humana Press (2005); Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory (1988); Kozbor et al., Immunology Today 4: 72 (1983); Köhler and Milstein, Nature 256: 495 (1975). In some embodiments, commercially available antibodies are utilized.
- In some embodiments, following purification and detection, a computer-based analysis program is used to translate the raw data generated by the detection assay (e.g., the presence, absence, or amount of a given target molecule) into data of predictive value for a clinician or researcher. In some embodiments, the software program is integrated into an automated device. In other embodiments, it is remotely located. The clinician can access the data using any suitable means. Thus, in some preferred embodiments, the present invention provides the further benefit that the clinician, who is not likely to be trained in genetics or molecular biology, need not understand the raw data. The data is presented directly to the clinician in its most useful form. The clinician is then able to immediately utilize the information in order to optimize the care of the subject.
- Any method may be used that is capable of receiving, processing, and transmitting the information to and from laboratories conducting the assays, information provides, medical personal, and subjects. For example, in some embodiments of the present invention, a sample (e.g., a biopsy or a serum or urine sample) is obtained from a subject and submitted to a service (e.g., clinical lab at a medical facility, genomic profiling business, etc.), located in any part of the world (e.g., in a country different than the country where the subject resides or where the information is ultimately used) to generate raw data. Where the sample comprises a tissue or other biological sample, the subject may visit a medical center to have the sample obtained and sent to the profiling center, or subjects may collect the sample themselves (e.g., a urine sample) and directly send it to a profiling center. Where the sample comprises previously determined biological information, the information may be directly sent to the profiling service by the subject (e.g., an information card containing the information may be scanned by a computer and the data transmitted to a computer of the profiling center using an electronic communication systems). Once received by the profiling service, the sample is processed and a profile is produced (i.e., expression data), specific for the diagnostic or prognostic information desired for the subject.
- The profile data is then prepared in a format suitable for interpretation by a treating clinician. For example, rather than providing raw data, the prepared format may represent a diagnosis or risk assessment (e.g., viral load levels) for the subject, along with recommendations for particular treatment options. The data may be displayed to the clinician by any suitable method. For example, in some embodiments, the profiling service generates a report that can be printed for the clinician (e.g., at the point of care) or displayed to the clinician on a computer monitor.
- In some embodiments, the information is first analyzed at the point of care or at a regional facility. The raw data is then sent to a central processing facility for further analysis and/or to convert the raw data to information useful for a clinician or patient. The central processing facility provides the advantage of privacy (all data is stored in a central facility with uniform security protocols), speed, and uniformity of data analysis. The central processing facility can then control the fate of the data following treatment of the subject. For example, using an electronic communication system, the central facility can provide data to the clinician, the subject, or researchers.
- In some embodiments, the subject is able to directly access the data using the electronic communication system. The subject may chose further intervention or counseling based on the results. In some embodiments, the data is used for research use. For example, the data may be used to further optimize the inclusion or elimination of markers as useful indicators of a particular condition or stage of disease.
- In some embodiments, systems and/or devices of the present invention are shipped containing all components necessary to perform purification and analysis (e.g., pre-loaded into the device). In other embodiments, additional reaction components are supplied in separate vessels packaged together into a kit.
- Any of these compositions, alone or in combination with other compositions disclosed herein or well known in the art, may be provided in the form of a kit. Kits may further comprise appropriate controls and/or detection reagents. Any one or more reagents that find use in any of the methods described herein may be provided in the kit.
- The following examples are provided to demonstrate and illustrate certain preferred embodiments and aspects of the compositions and methods disclosed herein, but are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the claimed invention.
- This example described moving paramagnetic micro particles using magnetic forces to capture RNA, subsequent purification, and release of RNA for amplification and detection. It also shows the use of liquid wax, as an exemplary lipophilic material, as a valve between the various chambers allowing for the movement of paramagnetic micro particles while forming a barrier between the various wash buffer.
- Individual cartridges for the assay were prepared by machining a sterile, clear round bottom polystyrene 96 well plate (
FIG. 1 a). The wax channel was made using FDA compliant plain back 1/16″ polypropylene sheets. In order to fabricate the wax channel, 9495 LE acrylic adhesive transfer tape (3M, St. Paul, Minn.) meant for low surface energy substrates was glued onto both sides of a rectangular piece of plastic cut to the correct dimensions. A rectangular channel was milled out of the plastic piece. The milling process also cut the adhesive. In view of the poor thermal conductivity and low melting point of polypropylene, special care has to be taken while machining it. The burrs forming during machining of the channel were removed using a razor blade. The top plate is also made out of a polypropylene sheet. Tiny holes were punched on the top plate to allow for the introduction of fluids. - Polypropylene was used for the top plate and the channel because of its excellent chemical resistance. The saturated olefinic chains yield resistance to most oils and solvents, as well as water-based chemicals, soaps, and moderate acids and bases. Few other materials with the strength properties of polypropylene match the chemical resistance of polypropylene. Also, polypropylene's hard, high-gloss surface makes it desirable for environments where there is concern for build-up that can interfere with flow sterilization of the cartridge: it is preferred that a RNA free environment is maintained throughout the test. While commercially available plastic parts are radiated with gamma rays to sterilize them, a protocol was developed to sterilize the plastic parts which could be easily carried out in a laboratory setting. The wells to be used for the test were sealed off using adhesive tape before machining the plate. After the completion of machining, the cartridge was washed using the following protocol:
-
- a. wash twice with water
- b. wash twice with 100% ethyl alcohol
- c. wash with RNaseZap® RNase Decontamination Solution (Ambion, Austin, Tex.)
- d. wash twice with water
- After the washing was complete, the cartridge was dried overnight at 50° C.
- RNA purification Assay:
- The assay was performed using 400 μL, of plasma sample containing 106 copies/mL Armored RNA (Abbott Molecular, Des Plaines, Ill.). Armored RNA is used instead of naked RNA as a test sample because it is ribonuclease resistant and easily quantifiable by copy number of RNA. It is also noninfectious, making it easy for to handle.
- In order to purify RNA from a plasma sample, the MagMAX Viral RNA Isolation Kit (Ambion, Austin, Tex.) was employed. In this method, the cells are disrupted using the classic method of guanidium thiocyanate-based solution. This simultaneously releases the viral RNA and deactivates the nucleases in the sample matrix. The RNA then binds to the silica coated magnetic beads in the presence of a chaotropic agent and alcohol. The beads are then washed and eluted in aqueous low salt buffer.
- Preparation of lysis/binding solution and bead mix: Carrier RNA is added to the lysis/binding solution concentrate according to Table 1 and mixed briefly. This is followed by the addition of 100% isopropanol. In order to prepare the bead mix, 10 μL of RNA binding beads are mixed with 10 μL of lysis enhancer for every reaction. The beads are vortexed before aliquoting.
-
TABLE 1 Volume of reagents to be added to prepare lysis buffer Reagent Amount Lysis/Binding soln. Concentrate 400 μL Carrier RNA 2 μL 100 % isopropanol 400 μL - 802 μL of the lysis solution was added to a microfuge tube along with 400 μL of plasma sample containing armored RNA. When adding sample, the pipette tips should be immerged slightly into the solution to prevent aerosol formation leading to contamination. The solution is vortex mixed gently for 30 seconds and then 20 μL of bead mix is added to the tube. The solution is vortex mixed gently for 4 minutes on a vortex mixture to fully lyse the viruses and bind RNA to the magnetic beads. The beads are captured by leaving the microfuge tube on a magnetic stand. 600 μL of the solution is removed and discarded away. The beads are vortex mixed in the remaining 222 μL of solution. This solution is aliquoted into the first chamber of the cartridge. 150 μL of
wash buffer 1 containing isopropanol is added to chamber two and three respectively. 225 μL ofwash buffer 2 containing ethanol is added to chamber four and five respectively. 50 μL of elution buffer is added tochamber 6. - The wax channel (FIG. 1-b) is now glued onto the cartridge by peeling off the paper laminate of the adhesive transfer tape attached to the wax channel and applying the wax channel to the cartridge. This is followed by the adhesion of the top plate to the wax channel following a similar process. Chill-Out Liquid Wax (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, Calif.) is then pipetted into the cartridge through the punched holes of the top plate till there is no air gap remaining in the cartridge.
FIG. 1 shows the image of the completely filled cartridge with the different buffers and the wax. - (a) Purification in the cartridge. In the sample purification process, a magnetic force is used to carry out the various purification steps (
FIG. 2 ), for example, magnetic separation of the beads to accumulate them into a clump, movement of the particles from the buffer to the wax, movement of the particles in the wax, reintroduction of the particles into the next buffer and agitation of the particles in the buffer (Sample C1 in table 2). This magnetic force is produced by a permanent magnet. The clump of particles was moved from lysis buffer inchamber 1 to elution buffer inchamber 6 through the various wash buffers in chambers 2-5. The particles were allowed to sit for 30 seconds in each wash buffer, and for 10 minutes in the elution buffer. The particles were moved magnetically in the buffers during these times. - (b) Purification in a microfuge tube. The sample purification was carried out using the Ambion MagMax kit in a microfuge tube as well. In this case, the microfuge tube containing the lysis buffer and the RNA binding PMPs was put on a magnetic stand to capture the PMPs. Once capture in complete, the RNA binding beads formed a pellet against the magnet in the magnetic stand. The supernatant is aspirated out without disturbing the beads. The tube was removed from the magnetic stand, and
Wash buffer 1 was added to it. The solution was agitated for 30 seconds. A similar process of capture and aspiration was carried out. The beads were washed twice withWash Buffer 1 and twice withWash Buffer 2. In this study, two different combinations of wash buffer volumes were used: (i) 300 μL ofwash buffer 1 and 450 μL of wash buffer 2 (sample C2 in table 2) (ii) 150 μL ofwash buffer 1 and 225 μL of wash buffer 2 (sample C3 in table 2) After the 4 wash steps the beads were left open at room temperature to allow the remaining alcohol to evaporate. The tubes were inspected for any remaining alcohol since alcohol inhibits PCR. 50 μL of elution buffer was added and the sample agitated vigorously for 4 minutes. In each case, the particles are captured after elution and 12.5 μL of the sample was used for RT-PCR using the Abbott Real time Assay. - The table shown below shows the average Ct values for the three Sample types Table 2 Samples and the Ct values for the
-
Sample Average Ct value Prototype cartridge + reduced wash buffer 15.2 (C1) Ambion kit protocol in microfuge tube 16.7 Ambion kit in microfuge tube + reduced 20.1 wash buffer (C3) - The data shows that there is a 2.8 fold (2 ̂ mean Ct difference) improvement in RNA purification when the particles are moved through wax. This occurs in spite of the reduction in the wash buffer volume. Comparing the results with a similar volume of wash buffer, there is a 30 fold improvement in RNA purification. In the manual approach of sample purification, a significant amount of solution would adhere to the particles, which cannot be aspirated out. Therefore, while each wash step leads to the dilution of the inhibitors which are carried from the lysis solution, it would take a significant number of washes and wash buffer volume to dilute out all the inhibitors completely. While using wax as a medium of particles transport, the amount of liquid being carried is significantly lower which leads to an improvement in Ct.
- Alcohol is a known inhibitor of PCR. Therefore, the Ambion sample purification kit requires drying the particles in air before eluding the RNA. In the new protocol described herein, the drying step is completely removed. Again, this shows that the amount of fluid being carried from one chamber to the next is minimal. It also simplifies the sample purification process significantly allowing for easy automation. The presence of smaller quantities of inhibitors also allows for elution in smaller quantities of elution buffer, which in turn speeds up the thermal cycling speed, thereby reducing the time required to carry out the test.
- An inexpensive automated sample purification system is developed by moving magnetic particles instead of fluids. A cartridge which can hold fluid through long periods of storage is designed. This does away with any sort of pipetting in the field. Optimization of the assay in this novel platform enables one to improve the sample purification process and develop a better understanding of the system. An automated system for carrying out the purification allows for the measurement of viral load without the need of highly trained lab technicians. The combination of a closed cartridge and automated device would create a point of care platform not only for HIV viral load, but for all kinds of nucleic acid testing in a cheap, convenient manner with a reduced risk of cross contamination.
- Experiments to optimize the system include:
-
- a Fabricate a cartridge using foil laminate to hold the chemicals for storage and to carry out reactions.
- b Optimization of the sample purification protocol in new cartridge.
- c Build a robust automated system to remove man-power requirements
a. Fabricate a Prototype Cartridge to Carry out Sample Purification
- There are two parts to this fabrication: (a) Material used to make the cartridge (b) design of the cartridge itself.
- (a) Material. The material to be used to make the cartridge preferably provides (a) a vapor barrier to hold the liquids through long periods of storage without significant loss. (b) mechanical strength; and (c) a chemically inert surface which does not stick to the blood or particles present in the solution.
- While polystyrene or polypropylene is the choice of material for carrying out chemical assays because of their chemical inertness, they do not provide the vapor barrier needed to store the reagents for long periods of time. The vapor barrier of a material is measured in terms of water vapor transmission rate (WVTR) which is a measure of the passage of water vapour through a substance.
- WVTR=Δw/Δt A (g m−2s−1), Where Δw/Δt is the amount of moisture loss per unit time of transfer (g s−1) and A is the exposed area to moisture transfer (m2)
-
TABLE 3 WVTR characteristics of some common plastics Density Thickness Material (g/cm3) (mil) WVTRa WVTRb Ultra Low 0.9015 10 0.3313 0.846 density poly Ethylene Low density 0.9188 2 0.17 0.4274 poly ethylene High density 0.9433 2.5 0.053 0.136 poly ethylene Poly propylene 0.8994 2.5 0.1015 0.2738 Rollprint foil 2.1011 3.5 0 0 laminate ag/mil/100 sq in/day at 30° C. and 35% RH bg/mil/100 sq in/day at 40° C. and 35% RH - Table 3 shows table below shows the WVTR of some plastics and of a foil laminate (RP#26-1244, Rollprint, Addison, Ill.). It is evident that foil laminate provides excellent vapor barrier for reagents during storage. Foil laminate has the added benefit of being extremely inexpensive. The cost of a single cartridge made out of foil laminate would not exceed a few cents. The various layers of foil laminate to be used are shown in
FIG. 3 below. - The foil laminate (Rollprint Packaging Products, Addison, Ill.) contains a 2 mil Aluminum layer which is responsible for the low WVTR making it ideal for the storage of reagents. The polyester layer provides a chemically inert and hydrophobic surface preferred for carrying out the assay. It also allows the foil to be heat sealed to another piece of foil or plastic. The nylon outer surface protects the aluminum surface from corrosion and also provides mechanical strength to the foil laminate. The foil laminate lacks rigidity. This can be overcome by packaging it in a rigid material. It should be noted that while the foil laminate is virtually impermeable to vapor, the seal between two layers of foil is not and is responsible for some loss of vapor.
- In other embodiments, a vacuum formed chamber made out of polypropylene or polystyrene similar to a 96 well plate is used. In some embodiments, in order to provide a vapor barrier, this would be aluminized by vapor deposition.
- (b) Shape and size of the cartridge. While the shape of the chambers are governed by the various forces acting to move the particles and the needs to simplify the automation, the size of the chambers is governed by the chemistry associated with sample purification. The prototype designing is done using a 3D Mechanical CAD program, Solidworks (Solidworks Corporation, Concerd, Mass.). An example of a cartridge based on the currently used volumes is shown in
FIG. 4 . Changes in the chemistry or automation needs are accommodated by changing the shape and size of the chambers accordingly. - (c) Peelable layer and top plate: The top plate of the cartridge is preferably transparent in order to make optical readings during the thermal cycling. Not shown in the drawing is a peelable foil laminate layer which sits between the top plate and the foil chambers. This is similar to a printer ink cartridge. The end of the peel comes out between the top plate and the wax layer. This provides the vapor barrier optimum for long term storage. Solid wax is present above and below the seal. The wax below allows for the peel to be removed without risk of loss of reagent sticking to the peel. Before the test, the peel is removed and the wax melted. The top plate can be made flexible which allows us to compress it to remove any air gap that forms because of the cavity created by the removal of the seal. It also should be chemically inert since it comes in contact with the particles when they are dragged from one chamber to the next. The peelable seal is heat sealed to the chambers. The distance between the chambers is preferably 6 mm to allow for proper sealing, although other dimensions may be used. This sealing process is carried out in Rollprint Inc.
- Fabrication. The fabrication of the aluminum foil cartridges is done using a pinch press device that comprises a positive hemispherical head which fits into a negative mold of the same size. By pressing the foil between the positive head and the negative mold, the foil is stretched to confirm with the shape of the mold. While the yield strength and the tensile strength of the laminate are not known, the standard industry practice is:
-
(Maximum area after making the chamber)<(2×area before extension) - The wax channel, the solid support, for cartridge, the top plate is all joined together using 3M adhesive transfer tape. Several adhesives were tested before choosing this one because of its excellent adhesion properties, especially to low surface energy surfaces. The adhesive is laser cut to the correct size by GML (Vadnais Heights, Minn.). Optimization of sample purification protocol to improve assay performance:
- The assay is performed using a silica coated PMP based MagMax kit from Ambion. The kit protocol is optimized for best performance in an assay format which involves sedimentation of the beads and pipetting out of the fluid. It is not meant to be used with the wax. In order to further understand the effects of the wax on the sample purification and to optimize the sample purification process, the following experiments are carried out:
- 1. Carryover of water through the wax: Based on the initial experiments, it was hypothesized that the carry-over of water or buffer from one chamber to the next is reduced significantly on moving the particles through the wax. This was based, in part, on the results described above, which show the lack of inhibition due to alcohol. In order to confirm this hypothesis, a known concentration of a fluorescent dye, fluorescein is dissolved in water. A known number of particles (as measured on a Luminex flow cytometer) is added to this solution. Then, the particles are magnetically moved through the wax into a known volume of fluorescein free water. On measuring the concentration of fluorescein in the starting sample and the final sample, one can quantitatively estimate the volume of water being carried over from one chamber to the next (Va).
- The experiment has two controls which are used to compare the results: (a) move the particles with a pick-pin from an identical solution of fluorescein to water. This represents currently available systems such as the Maxwell or Kingfisher. (b) Collect the particles by putting the microfuge tube containing the fluorescein solution and the particles on a magnetic stand and then carefully pipetting out the solution. This is followed by the addition of a fixed quantity of fluorescein free water.
- An improvement in purification performance is quantified by comparing the average volume of liquid carried across from one chamber to the next. The variance is used to quantify the variability in the purification process due to sample handling. The experiment is repeated for different number of particles, different initial volume of sample, and different fluorescein concentrations. The volume of liquid being carried across is a fraction Φ of the volume of the droplet (V) containing the particles which moved into the wax.
-
(1−Φ)V=(4/3)πr 3 N -
ΦV=V a -
Φ=V a/(Va+4 πr 3 N) - In the above equations, r is the radius of the particles and N is the total number of particles. The volume of the droplet V is dependant on N and therefore the volume of liquid Φ V is also dependant of N. One would not expect Φ V to be dependent on the initial volume of fluorescein solution, but rather on the concentration of fluorescein. This experiment allows one to determine the optimal wash steps and volume, or the volume of the lysis buffer required.
- 2. Selecting optimal wash step volume and number. The protocol recommended by Ambion is optimized for a manual pipetting procedure. It does not account for the presence of the wax. Therefore, the protocol is optimized using wax. While all the inhibitors present in blood plasma which inhibit PCR are not known specifically, it is accepted that inhibition by most inhibitors is concentration dependant. The results from the previous experiments provide information about the effect of the wax on the removal of fluids. Using that as a guide stick, the number of purification steps is reduced. The reduction in the number of purification steps reduces the complexity of the sample purification process, reduces the cost of the test and the time required for the test. A reduction in the inhibitor concentration allows for elution in a smaller volume of elution buffer, leading to a further increase in the RNA concentration and faster thermal cycling.
- The sensitivity of a method is associated with the lower limit of applicability of that method. In relation to chemicals, the minimum detectable value often refers to the minimum detectable net concentration or amount.
-
- Determination of the LOD
- Calculation of the LOD differs between professional scientific bodies and between different applications, but one definition of the LOD is:
- LOD·(mean of blanks)+K(sd)
- Where mean of blanks=the mean value given to the blank determinations associated with an assay; K=coverage factor associated with a desired confidence level; and sd=standard deviation of the blank determinations.
- This calculation is unsuitable for estimating the LOD associated with real-time quantitative PCR methods as the blank controls typically have values equal to the highest cycle number used in the PCR reaction. Additionally, if the assay has worked correctly, the value of these blanks will all be the same and their distribution truncated, thus precluding the calculation of a useful standard deviation.
- In order to overcome some of the difficulties encountered with the traditional calculation of LOD described in the scientific literature, one can define the LOD as the lowest copy number that gives a detectable PCR amplification product at least 95% of the time. This can also be interpreted as the lowest copy number that can be distinguished from the background noise with a probability of 95%. The current Rt-PCR assay using the Ambion kit for RNA purification and Abbott Real time protocol for Rt-PCR has been reported to have an LOD of 40 copies of RNA in 1,0 ml of plasma sample. Preferred assays detect a minimum of 500 copies of RNA. Thus, for every protocol, the sensitivity of the assay is measured by creating a dilution curve of Ct verses copies of RNA. The desired goal is to go from the lysis buffer to the elution buffer without a single wash step. The purification assay is carried out with different number of wash steps and wash volume.
- The wax that used in the experiments described in Example 1 has a melting point of 10C. Therefore, this wax is liquid at room temperature. A wax (DyNAwax Reagent, Finland), which melts at 60C or other higher melting temperature was is used in some embodiments. This allows for storage of the wax as solid during storage with subsequent melting just before the experiment, thereby creating a phase change plug for the movement of particles. The other advantage is that the presence of wax below the peelable seal allows one to peel the foil without losing any fluid from the chambers which might have stuck to the foil, However, this would involve carrying out the experiment in a water bath or using a peltier heater to heat the wax.
- An automated sample purification system is provided. Automation has numerous benefits, namely :(a) the process does not require a skilled worker, (b) provides for better understanding of the system, (c) speeds up the assay development and testing process, (d) reduces sample to sample variations by standardizing the process.
- (a) A first component is a stage to move magnets and cartridge. In order to automate the process, a stage is built to carry out the five processes, namely (a) Aggregation of the particles in a fluid (b) dragging the fluid across the interface (c) dragging the particle aggregate in the wax (d) dragging the particle aggregate from the wax to the water (e) agitating the particles in the fluid. In the manual mode of operation, the cartridge was held steady while the magnet was displaced relative to the cartridge. In order to create the complex motion automatically, in some embodiments, the cartridge is moved with respect to the magnets. Thus the magnets and/or the cartridge are mounted on a moving stage. The decision on which to move is dependent on ease of construction, cost and reliability of the process. Stepper motors may be used to carry out the various movements.
- i) Aggregate the particles in the wash buffer. The design is guided by a simple estimation of the forces involved. The motion of a spherical magnetic particle of density Pp, radius Rp, volume Vp=(4πRp3)/3, and mass mp is governed by several forces including, (a) the magnetic force due to all field sources, (b) fluidic drag, (c) particle/fluid interactions (perturbations to the flow field), (d) buoyancy, (e) gravity, (g) thermal kinetics (Brownian motion), and (h) inter-particle effects such as magnetic dipole interactions. In order to guide the design parameters, the behavior of magnetic particles in low concentration and slow flow regimes where the magnetic and viscous drag forces dominate is modeled. Therefore, particle/fluid interactions and interparticle effects are ignored. The gravitational force, which while of second order might not be negligible depending on the particle size, is included. According to classical al Newtonian dynamics:
-
m p =dv p /dt=F m +F f +F g, - where, vp is the velocity of the particle, and Fm Ff and Fg are the magnetic, fluidic, interfacial and gravitational forces, respectively. The magnetic force is obtained using an “effective” dipole moment approach where the magnetized particle is replaced by an “equivalent” point dipole with a moment mp.eff (Furlani and Ng, 2006). The force on the dipole (and hence on the particle) is given is given by:
- Fm=μf (mp.eff·∇)Ha, where μf is the permeability of the transport fluid, mp.eff is the “effective” dipole moment of the particle, and Ha is the (externally) applied magnetic field intensity at the center of the particle, where the equivalent point dipole is located. If the particle is in free-space, mp.eff=VpMp and the above equation reduces to the usual form Fm=μ0 (mp·∇)Ha, where Vp and Mp are the volume and magnetization of the particle, and μ0=4π×10 −7 is the permeability of free space.
FIG. 5 shows the arrangement of a magnet above the fluidic chamber and the surface plot of force on a particle in the x direction and the y direction at a fixed distance from the magnet. The force calculation requires a choice of particle size and material properties of, Fe3O4 (magnetite), which make up the particles. In the calculation shown, it was assumed that Fe3O4 has a density p=5000 kg/m3, a saturation magnetization of M=4.78×105 A/m and the particle size is 0.5 micrometer. A program was written in Matlab to estimate the magnetic force for a system consisting of one magnet or an array of magnets. This enables one to calculate the magnetic force for different magnets and arrangements of magnets. While the current program can only estimate forces due to a linear array of magnets, it is possible to generate a program to estimate a more complex arrangement of magnets. - The fluidic force is predicted using the Stokes' law for the drag on a sphere in uniform flow, Ff=−6πηRp(vp−vf), where η and vf are the viscosity and the velocity of the fluid, respectively. The gravitational force is given by Fg=−Vp(ηp−ηf)gŷ, where ηp and ηf are the densities of the particle and fluid, respectively, and g=9.8 m/s2 is the acceleration due to gravity. The gravitation force acts in the −y direction. The gravitational force is often ignored when analyzing the magnetophoretic motion of submicron particles, as it is usually much weaker than the magnetic force.
- Plugging the various forces into Newton's equation of motion, it is possible to predict the approximate time it would require for the particles to aggregate and even plot the particle trajectories. These calculations are used to guide the design parameters.
- (ii) Measure the surface tension and drag the particles across the interface. The strength of the magnet used in the automated process is governed by the strength of the magnetic field required to overcome the interfacial surface tension. While it is difficult to move one particle across the interface, a particle clump can be moved across the interface.
- The interfacial force can be estimated as y2πRp where y is the interfacial tension between wax and buffer. The interfacial force is measured using the weight drop method which follows from Tate's law.
- This is an accurate method of determining surface tension and perhaps the most convenient laboratory one for measuring surface tension of a liquid-air or liquid-liquid interface. As illustrated in
FIG. 6 , the procedure is to form drops of the wax at the end of a tube, allowing them to fall into a container containing buffer. The weight of the drop is then used to determine the surface tension. Tate's law gives a very simple expression for W, the weight of a drop minus the displaced fluid: W=2πryf, where is the radius of the tube from which the drop forms and f is a function of the dimensionless ratio of r/V1/3, where V is the drop volume. The system shown inFIG. 6 is used to measure the surface tension between the wax and the various wash buffers. An important precaution to be taken when employing this method is to use a tip that has been ground smooth at the end and which is free from any nicks. In the case of liquids that do not wet the tip, r is the inner radius. The drops should also be fanned slowly otherwise the drop weight will be high. - Having estimated the interfacial force, one can estimate the magnetic force required to move the particles across the interface. Therefore, the design criteria is: Fm>Fi, where and Fm Fi are the magnetic and interfacial forces respectively. This estimation neglects frictional force as well. This estimation guided the choice of magnet. In order to reduce the strength of the magnet required to move the particles from the buffer to the wax, the magnet is moved as close to the interface as possible. This is done with a flexible top plate. A flexible top plate is also used so that it can be depressed to remove any air gaps which may form when the foil laminate which lies between the chambers and the top plate is peeled off.
- iii) Drag the particle aggregate across the wax. The equation of motion for dragging the particles through the wax is similar to that of aggregation of the particles. However, in this case, the motion is that of a droplet of fluid containing a particle aggregate rather than that of a single particle. The net frictional force is given by
- Ff=−6πηRp(vp−vf), where Rp is the translational tensor which depends on the shape of the droplet and the internal viscosity of the droplet. It is fairly easy to drag the particle aggregate through the wax. During this process, the particles come in contact with the top surface of the cartridge. It is therefore preferred that the material used for the top plate process is chemically inert and has a smooth surface texture.
- (iv) Drag the particle aggregate from the wax to the buffer. Since the movement of particles from the wax to the wash buffer is accompanied by a decrease in surface energy, this is a simple process. A small magnetic force is sufficient to drag the particles back into the water. Also, the gravimetric force aids the process of the particle settlement.
- (v) Verify the need for agitation: In the assay performed in Example 1, the particles were agitated by moving a magnet around the chamber. This was done since the sample purification process involving manual pipetting required agitation of the particles in the wash buffer by vortex mixing. While creating a variable magnetic field is possible by moving magnets on a stage, it adds to the cost of the assay. Thus, in some embodiments, agitation is not used.
- Software to control the movement of the stepper motors and the cartridge. The USB port of a computer can be connected to a stepper motor controller via a USB to RS232 converter. This allows one to send commands to the motor using the hyper terminal. Any serial communication software such as Docklight can be used to effectively communicate with the stepper motor using RS232 command sets.
- Test the performance of the automated sample purification system. In order to test the performance of the sample purification system, the loss of particles is measured. This is compared to a loss of performance in the manual form of the assay and the assay with pipetting of fluids.
- For this purpose, the particle concentration is measured using the Luminex flow cytometer. Unlike ordinary flow cytometers, the Luminex system has a positive flow control system which allows one to count particles as well as measure the volume of solution used, thereby enabling one to measure the concentration of the bead solution. Loss of beads=Initial concentration of bead×Vol of sample used−final concentration of beads x Vol of elution buffer.
-
% loss of beads=(Loss of beads/Total initial number of beads)×100 - The percentage loss of beads is measured at each stage of the automation process to measure the performance of the system. The aim is to reduce the percentage loss to less than what is observed in a manual process. The mean % loss of beads and the variance of % loss of beads are compared for the automated process and the manual approach. An automated system is expected to have a lower variance than a manual process.
- This example describes a tubular processor for performing biological reactions. The experimental setup for the diagnostic assay is shown in
FIG. 7 . It consists of a 0.060″ internal diameter tube (Small Parts Inc.) attached to a CAVRO 3000XL digital pump. The digital pump is controlled through an RS232 interface. The different wash buffers, analytes, solution containing magnetic particles and silicone oil (Gelest Inc.) are pumped in from the distal end of the tube. - The particles used for the experiment are carboxyl coated smooth surface magnetic particles obtained from Spherotech Inc. The SPHEROIM Smooth Surface Magnetic Particles have a thick layer of polymer coating on the surface of the particles to fully encapsulate the iron oxide coating. There is no exposed iron oxide on the surface of the particles.
- Cylindrical Neodymium magnets (Bunting Magnetics Co) are moved along the length of the capillary. The magnets are located around the capillary to mix the particles. Magnets of
grade N3 5 and N40 were used for all experiments. - Teflon tubes were found to be better than glass tubes and were used for all experiments. The particles stick to the glass more than Teflon. It is hypothesized that Teflon, being more hydrophobic than glass, repels the hydrophilic particles more than glass which is hydrophilic because of the presence of the carboxyl group on the particle surface. However, the particles do not stick to Teflon because it is extremely hydrophobic.
- Fluorescent reading is not taken in the tube for the following experiments, although it is possible to attach an optical system to the capillary system. After completion of the chemical reaction, the particles are taken out of the tube and read in a flow cytometer. All readings are standardized with respect to the SPHERO Rainbow Calibration Particles. The SPHERO Rainbow Calibration Particles contain a mixture of several similar size particles with different fluorescence intensities. Every particle contains a mixture of fluorophores that allows excitation at any wavelength from 365 to 650 nm. This enables the calibration of all channels in the flow cytometer with the same set of particles. The fluorophores used are very stable but non-spectral matching to commonly used fluorophores such as FITC, PE or PE-Cy5. Dilution of a few drops of the particles flam the chopper bottle to 1 mL of a diluent provides adequate particle concentration for flow cytometer calibration. The diluted Rainbow Calibration Particles remain stable following repeat freezing and thawing.
- A tubular processor for use as a diagnostic device preferably is able to carry out an assay without loss in sensitivity. Moving the particles through oil could denature the proteins bound to the particle or form a layer on the particle making diffusion from the bulk solution to the particle surface difficult.
- A streptavidin-biotin system was utilized. The biotin-avidin or biotin-streptavidin interaction has some unique characteristics that make it beneficial as a general bridge system. Avidin, streptavidin, and NeutrAvidin biotin-binding protein each bind four biotins per protein molecule with high affinity and selectivity.
- Unlabeled Streptavidin coated SPHERO Smooth Surface Magnetic Particles (1% w/v) with an average diameter of 3 μ were used for the experiment. In each of the following experiments, 0.7*106 magnetic particles were used. The particles were washed in Phosphate Buffer Saline (PBS), magnetically separated and resuspended in 60 μL of PBS buffer containing 0.1% Nonidet P-40 detergent. Different concentrations of Alexa-488-Biotin were dissolved in Na-Phosphate buffer containing 0.1% Nonidet P-40
- The following solutions were injected into the capillary in the sequence given, each separated by 60 μL of silicone oil:
- (a) 60 μL of PBS buffer containing the magnetic particles
- (b) 60 μL wash buffer of PBS containing 0.1% Nonidet P-40
- (c) 200 μLNa-Phosphate buffer containing a known concentration of Alexa-488-Biotin and 0.1% Nonidet P-40
- (d) 60 μL wash buffer of PBS containing 0.1% Nonidet P-40
- The particles were first moved magnetically from ‘solution-a’ to the chamber containing the wash buffer (solution-b). This cleans the particles of debris. They were then moved to the chamber containing the Alexa-488-Biotin allowing the Streptavidin coated particles to bind to Alexa-488Biotin (solution-c). The particles were constantly mixed magnetically. The reaction was allowed to continue for 90 minutes and then the particles were moved to the next chamber (solution-d) to wash off any debris which might have stuck to the particles. Moving the particles from one chamber to the next through the silicone oil involves the particles coming together into a clump so that they can cross the oil-water barrier. Hence, each time the particles move across from one chamber to the next, they are made to mix well by moving the magnets. The particles are then collected and fluorescence on the particle is measured in a flow cytometer.
- The Alexa Fluor dyes used for the experiment are a series of superior fluorescent dyes that span the near-UV, visible, and near-IR spectra. These dyes, without exception, produce brighter conjugates compared to fluorescein. The Alexa-488 absorbs light at 495 nm, emits at 519 nm and has an extinction coefficient of 71000. The dye is water soluble and remains highly fluorescent over a broad pH range.
- An identical reaction was carried out in a microfuge tube. 0.7*106 particles were washed in PBS, magnetically separated and resuspended in 60 μL of PBS buffer containing 0.1% Nonidet P-40 detergent. The particles were then mixed with the following solutions each time being magnetically separated before being resuspended in the next solution.
- (a) 60 μL of PBS buffer containing the magnetic particles
- (b) 60 μL wash buffer of PBS containing 0.1% Nonidet P-40
- (c) 200 μL Na-Phosphate buffer containing a known concentration of Alexa-488-Biotin and 0.1% Nonidet P-40
- (d) 60 μL wash buffer of PBS containing 0.1% Nonidet P-40
- As was the case of the reaction in the capillary, the Streptavidin coated magnetic particles were allowed to mix with biotin containing buffer for 90 minutes. The particles were mixed constantly during this time. Fluorescence readings were taken from these particles and compared with the fluorescence readings of the particles from the capillary system.
-
FIG. 8 shows the value of FL1 Height measured in a flow cytometer at different concentrations of Biotin. The diamonds represent the signal for a Streptavidin biotin reaction carried out in the capillary system whereas the pink squares represent the signal for a Streptavidin biotin reaction carried out in the microfuge rube. All measurements were standardized by keeping the third peak of the rainbow at a fixed value. As can be seen from the plot, the particles are completely saturated until a Biotin concentration of 10−10 M after which the signal starts reducing. The amount of biotin which binds on to the Streptavidin coated particles is similar irrespective of whether the reaction is carried out in a capillary or a microfuge tube. The difference between the two reactions is not statistically significant at all measured concentrations of biotin. The graph shows that there is some quenching in the fluorescent signal at high concentrations of biotin.FIG. 8 shows 5 replicates for the Streptavidin-biotin reaction in a tubular processor at a biotin concentration of 0.5*10−10 M. This represents the variability of the reaction from one run to another. - The procedure followed for the experiment is the same as the previous experiment described above.
FIG. 9 consists of two superimposed images measured for two sets of particles, namely: - (a) Streptavidin coated SPHERO Smooth Surface Magnetic Particles reacting with 10−12M Biotin solution
- (b) Streptavidin coated SPHERO Smooth Surface Magnetic Particles reacting with deionized water
- The forward scatter and the side scatter is the same for the two sets of particles, as would be expected because of identical size and surface roughness of the two sets of particles. The FL1 height, which is a measure of the amount of fluorescence emitted off the particle surface and thereby a direct measure of the amount of biotin bound to Streptavidin is different for the two sets of particles.
FIG. 9 shows that the median FL1 height (peak) when the particles reacts with 10−12M Biotin is distinctly distinguishable and greater than the median height when the Streptavidin coated particles react with water. The sensitivity of the device was found to be 10−12 M for biotin (more than 2 dB above the blank). - As shown in
FIG. 10 , one tube is inserted into another such that the outer diameter of the thinner tube is almost equal to the inner diameter of the larger tube. Streptavidin coated particles are moved to the chamber containing PBS buffer. While doing so, it also moves from one capillary to another. It is then moved to a chamber containing PBS buffer containing 10−8M Alexa-488-Biotin and 0.1% Nonidet-P40 (NP-40). Moving from one chamber to another involves crossing regions of silicone oil. The particles were allowed to react with Alexa-488-biotin for 90 minutes, after which the particles are taken out and their fluorescence measured in a flow cytometer. The fluorescent readings indicate that the reaction occur s in spite of moving from one capillary to another. - In a portable diagnostic device, the reagents might be potentially present in one tube while the sample to be measured may be collected in another a separate tube or vessel suitable for collection of sample. This experiment demonstrated the feasibility of allowing the particles to react with the sample in a tube or collection vessel and then moving them to another tube where the remaining reagents are present, thereby allowing the proceeding reactions to be carried out.
- One of the factors that affects the diagnostic device is the effect of the silicone oil on the particles. It was investigated if the oil sticks to the particle during the movement of the particle through the oil region. For this purpose, a fluorescent dye, pyromethene 546, was dissolved in silicone oil. Pyromethene is an oil soluble laser dye which fluoresces at 546nm. The particles were made to move through a region of silicone oil containing pyromethene 546. The particles were then taken out of the capillary and the fluorescence signal was measured in a flow cytometer (
FIG. 11 a). - In another experiment, the particles were moved through silicone oil containing pyromethene 546 and then mixed in PBS buffer containing 0.1% Nonidet P40. A magnet was used to agitate these particles. The particles were then taken out of the capillary and the fluorescence signal measured in a flow cytometer as shown in
FIG. 11 b. - The forward scatter value depicts the size of the particle while the side scatter gives information about the surface property of the particle. In
FIG. 11 a, the forward scatter plot shows a broad distribution although the particles are about the same size. This demonstrates that the oil is sticking to the particle or droplets of oil of various sizes are formed. Upon agitating the particles in PBS buffer after moving the particles through oil, the particle size distribution shows two distinct peaks as expected, namely the particles and the doublets of the particles (FIG. 11 b). The side scatter plot inFIG. 11 a also shows two peaks suggesting that there might be little droplets of oil formed as well. The FL1 median value ofFIG. 11 a is 73 which demonstrates that some of the fluorescent dye has migrated with the particles. This can be washed away by mixing the particles and therefore a lower fluorescence value 38 is obtained inFIG. 11 b. - EXAMPLE 4
- This example demonstrates that a purification method that transports RNA bound to paramagnetic particles through a liquid wax medium is adaptable to commercially-available kits which employ different types of particles and a variety of lysis, wash, and elution buffers. The kits tested contained silica (Ambion), iron oxide (AbbottlPromega) and cellulose (Cortex) magnetic particles. In addition to differences in particle chemistry, these kits vary in the composition of their respective lysis and elution buffers as well as the intermediate wash buffers.
- Viral particles spiked into normal plasma were purified according to the kit manufacturers' instructions, including all of the wash steps between lysis and elution, and determined the levels of RNA by real time PCR. Spiked plasmas were then purified with the wax phase method using only the lysis and elution buffers and compared levels of RNA.
- Comparison of RNA concentrations, expressed in Ct units, showed that the efficiency of the liquid wax transfer purification methodology is equivalent to that of procedures in manufacturer-specified guidelines. Taken together, these results indicate that the exclusion of the lysis buffer by liquid wax is an appropriate replacement for the multiple manual washes typically prescribed by RNA purification systems.
- All experiments were performed in a two-chamber cuvette shown in
FIGS. 12 and 13 , which were designed to facilitate moving particles from the lysis buffer to the elution buffer. As shown inFIG. 12 , lysis buffer is added to the chamber on the left, and elution buffer is added to the chamber on the right. Liquid wax is then added which covers both buffer solutions and forms a bridge between the two chambers. When a magnet is placed on the side wall of the lysis chamber, particles are drawn to the wall forming a pellet. As shown inFIG. 13 , the magnet is then moved up dragging the pellet along the wall through the lysis buffer into the oil layer. The magnet is then moved laterally dragging the particles through the oil bridge until the pellet is above the elution chamber. Finally, the magnet is moved down dragging the particles out of the oil into the elution buffer. - The Ambion MagMax Viral RNA Isolation Kit(Catalog No. AM1929), Abbott/Promega M Sample Preparation System (Catalog No. 02K02-24), and Cortex Biochem MagaZorb® RNA Isolation Kit(Catalog No. MB2001) were tested. Viral RNA samples were processed with each manufacturer's reagents following the kit protocols, which include multiple washing steps.
- Ambion MagMax Viral RNA reagents:
- 25 μL of plasma containing 1.5×106 cp/mL HIV-1 virions was added to 802 μL of Lysis buffer (composition: 400 μL manufacturer-supplied Lysis/Binding concentrate, 400 μL absolute isopropanol, 2 μL manufacturer-supplied carrier RNA) in 1.5 mL screw-cap tubes and mixed by pipet. Lysis proceeds for up to 10 minutes at 50° C., in the presence of 20 μL well-suspended magnetic particles (manufacturer-supplied; composition: 10 μL particles, 10 μL Binding Enhancer). Particles may be added following the intial lysis step or be present during lysis; no discernable effect on purification efficiency has been observed.
- Magnetic particles are sedimented on a magnetic rack and 600 μL of supernatant liquid is discarded to permit loading into a prepared cartridge. Up to 250 μL, of the slurry containing lysis buffer and RNA-bound particles is transferred to the ‘lysis’ chamber of the cartridge. 25 μL of a manufacturer-supplied Tris-EDTA elution buffer is loaded into the ‘elution’ chamber of the cartridge. Chill-Out Liquid Wax (Bio-Rad) is layered on top of the fluid in both chambers such that a wax ‘bridge’ is formed across the top of the cartridge, typically requiring 800 μL of liquid wax. Cartridges for multiple samples may be prepared in batch in this manner and arrayed on a fabricated rack.
- RNA-bound beads are accumulated into a tight pellet by a magnet. Cartridges are handled individually for the transfer of particles from ‘lysis’ to ‘elution’ chambers. Magnetic particles are transferred through the wax and into the elution buffer by magnet in a steady manner such that the beads remain in a tight pellet and carryover of lysis buffer is minimized. Once in the elution buffer, the beads are mixed by manual manipulation of the magnet.
- Sample recovery
- Liquid wax is aspirated from the cartridge such that a minimal amount (1 mm at meniscus) remains over the ‘elution’ chamber without sample loss. The cartridge is set for 4 minutes at −20 ° C. such that the liquid wax solidifies but the elution buffer/bead slurry remains in liquid phase. The liquid wax plug can be removed by pipet tip or pierced for extraction of elution buffer. The elution buffer/bead slurry is transferred to a 1.5 mL screw-cap tube and heated for up to 10 minutes at 70° C. to facilitate complete elution of viral RNA into the supernatant buffer. Beads are sedimented on a magnetic rack and up to 50 μL of RNA in Tris-EDTA buffer is collected from each tube, ready to use for qRT-PCR.
- 25 μL of plasma containing 1.5×106 cp/mL HIV-1 virions was added to 600 μL of Lysis buffer (supplemented with 2 μL manufacturer-supplied carrier RNA) and 25 μL iron-oxide magnetic particles in 1.5 mL screw-cap tubes and mixed by pipet. Lysis proceeds for up to 10 minutes at 50° C.
- After lysis, magnetic particles were sedimented and 400 μL of supernatant was discarded. 25 μL of a high-salt elution buffer is added to the ‘elution’ chamber. Up to 250 μL of the slurry containing lysis buffer and RNA-bound particles is transferred to the ‘lysis’ chamber of the cartridge. Chill-Out Liquid Wax (Bio-Rad) is layered on top of the fluid in both chambers such that a wax ‘bridge’ is formed across the top of the cartridge, typically requiring 800 μL of liquid wax. Cartridges for multiple samples may be prepared in batch in this manner and arrayed on a fabricated rack.
- A procedure identical to that employed for the Ambion kit was used.
- 25 μL of plasma containing 1.5×106 cp/mL HIV-1 virions was treated with 20 μL Protease K by gentle mixing in a 1.5 mL screw-cap tube. 2004 of manufacturer-supplied Lysis buffer was added and the sample mixed by pulse-vortexing for 15 seconds, followed by heating up to 15 minutes at 55° C. 500 μL of manufacturer-supplied Binding buffer and 20 μL of monodisperse Maga Zorb Reagent was added to the sample and incubated 10 minutes at room temperature (20° C.) with occasional mixing by inversion.
- Magnetic particles are sedimented on a magnetic rack and 500 μL of supernatant liquid is discarded to permit loading into a prepared cartridge. Up to 250 μL of the slurry containing lysis buffer and RNA-bound particles is transferred to the ‘lysis’ chamber of the cartridge. 25 μL of a manufacturer-supplied Tris-EDTA buffer was added to the ‘elution’ chamber. Chill-Out Liquid Wax (Bio-Rad) is layered on top of the fluid in both chambers such that a wax ‘bridge’ is formed across the top of the cartridge, typically requiring 800 μL of liquid wax. Cartridges for multiple samples may be prepared in batch in this manner and arrayed on a fabricated rack.
- A procedure identical to that employed for the Ambion kit was used, with the exception that the elution buffer/bead slurry was heated to 70° C. for 15 minutes to facilitate elution of viral RNA.
- The adaptability of various viral RNA purification chemistries to the liquid wax purification method was evaluated by qRT-PCR using reagents supplied with the Abbott m2000rt assay kit. In each case, HIV-1 virion containing plasma was used as template for qRT-PCR analysis and was complemented by appropriate positive (pure HIV-1 transcript) and negative (mock plasma purification or water) controls. All purification samples include carrier RNA as an internal control and were performed in replicate. From each RNA preparation, 5 μL RNA was used for analysis, yielding 7,500 copies of HIV-1 RNA in each reaction. A qRT-PCR mixture for a single sample is described in Table 4 below:
-
TABLE 4 Component Volume (μL) m2000rt oligo. pre-mix 8.75 Tth polymerase (Roche) 0.75 Manganese acetate (Roche) 2.5 Crowding reagents (5X) 5.0 Purified RNA 5.0 Nuclease-free dH2O 3.0 - Results of qRT-PCR Analysis
- Ct values given by the qRT-PCR instrumentation are given in Table 5 below:
-
TABLE 5 Multi-step Liquid Wax Wash Magnetic particle type Mean Ct Mean Ct Silica (Ambion) 20.69 18.69 Iron oxide 21.86 19.00 (Abbott/Promega) Cellulose (Cortex 20.32 19.83 Biochem) - For a set number of HIV-1 template copies, there was little variance observed in the reported Ct values from qRT-PCR analysis between chemistries tested and purification method employed. Negative amplification and mock purification controls in these experiments gave no or negligible Ct values in these experiments. The phase gate purification procedure is comparable in efficiency to kit manufacturer protocols, demonstrating that the liquid wax exclusion of lysis buffer and other PCR inhibitors is as effective as multiple washing. Spectrophotometry of eluted RNA samples from the AbbottlPromega samples shows no absorbance at 230 nm. Guanidinium is present in high molar concentrations in this lysis buffer and absorbs ultraviolet light at 230 nm; the absence of an absorbance peak shows that the carryover of this contaminant is low. That the observed Ct values are consistent across replicates, largely invariant amongst purification chemistries and comparable between purification methodologies demonstrates that good RNA recovery has been achieved.
- Fresh Peripheral Blood Mono-Nuclear Cells (PBMNC's) were purchased from Allcells (Emeryville, Calif.). Dynabeads CD4 magnetic particles (4.5 um diameter), coated with anti-CD4 antibody were purchased from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif.).
- 1.2 ml of PBMNC's were mixed with 50 μl of the Dynabeads CD4 magnetic particles. The capture reaction was allowed to go for 45 minutes at 4° C. with gentle tilting and rotation. The CD4+ve T-Cell positive isolation was compared using three procedures.
- a) Positive isolation using Dynabeads CD4 protocol: 200 μl of the above stock was aliquoted into the
Well 1 of the research cartridge (shown inFIG. 12 , labeled lysis buffer, andFIG. 13 ). A magnet was placed on the side of the cartridge for 1 minute, causing the magnetic particles and captured cells to form a pellet on the side. The supernatant was aspirated and discarded. The pellet was washed 3 times by re-suspending in 200 μl PBS and separating using a magnet. After the final wash, 60 μl of 0.2% Triton X-100 was added to lyse the cells. - b) Positive extraction through Chill-Out Liquid Wax (Bio-Rad, Hercules, Calif.). 200 μl of the stock solution was aliquoted into
Well 1 of the research cartridge. 60 μl of 0.2% Triton X-100 lysis buffer was aliquoted intoWell 2 of the research cartridge (shown inFIG. 12 , labeled elution buffer, andFIG. 13 ) which was separated fromWell 1 by Chill-Out Liquid Wax. A magnet was placed on the side of the cartridge for 1 minute, drawing the magnetic particles and captured cells onto the side ofWell 1. The pellet was then slowly moved through the wax intoWell 2 by dragging the magnet along the path shown inFIG. 13 . The magnet was used to agitate the particles inWell 2. - c) Positive extraction through canola oil (Jewel-Osco/Supervalu, Eden Prairie, Minn.). 200 μL of the stock solution was aliquoted into
Well 1 of the cartridge. 60 μL of 0.2% Triton X-100 lysis buffer was aliquoted into the lysis chamber which was separated fromWell 2 by canola oil. A magnet was placed on the side of the cartridge for 1 minute, drawing the magnetic particles and captured cells onto the side ofWell 1, The pellet was then slowly moved with a magnet through the canola oil intoWell 2. The magnet was used to agitate the particles inWell 2. - The efficiency of the transfer through the lipophilc barriers was determined by measuring the amount of cellular DNA in an aliquot of the solution in
Well 2 with a real-time PCR assay for the β2-microglobulin gene, In each of the experiments, the particles were drawn to the side ofWell 2 with a magnet; and 60 μl of the lysed cell suspension was transferred into Eppendorf tubes. 5 μl of each sample was then obtained and used for RT-PCR using the Phusion GC assay for β2-microglobulin (New England Biolabs, Ipswich, Mass.) - Table 6 below shows the number of cycles required to reach the threshold fluorescence intensity of the real time PCR assay:
-
TABLE 6 Cell purification Ct value DynalBeads protocol 27.59 Chill-Out Wax 27.14 Vegetable Oil 28.99 - The results show that the Ct values obtained from the three cell isolation procedures were comparable. Since the assay quantified β2-microglobulin, the results show that the genetic material in the cells was preserved while being moved through the wax and oil.
- RNA purification from Plasma using Dextran PMPs:
- In order to eliminate all wash steps for purifying nucleic acids and to eliminate all contact between the processing system and the sample, PMPs were transported between wells using an externally applied magnetic field. The wells are connected with a hydrophobic liquid through which PMPs are transported (
FIG. 12 ). The hydrophobic liquid acts as a barrier between the lysis chamber and the elution chamber, preventing mixing of the two solutions. Upon application of the magnetic force, the PMPs are moved through the hydrophobic liquid, transporting NAs from the lysis chamber to the elution chamber while the lysis and elution buffers remain stationary. The hydrophobic liquid acts as an immiscible phase filter (IPF), which reduces processing to only three steps: cell lysis/NA binding, PMP transport, and NA elution. To demonstrate the feasibility of incorporating IPF into a RNA purification protocol, HIV-1 RNA was extracted from plasma as is done in measuring viral load. Quantitative measurement of HIV-1 is important for monitoring disease progression and evaluating antiretroviral drug therapy outcome (Mylonakis, Paliou et al., Am. Fam. Phisician 63(3) 483 2001). Since viral load measurement is technically demanding due to the relatively low viral copy number and abundance of PCR inhibitors in samples derived from human blood (Dineva, Mahilum-Tapay et al. Analyst 132: 1193-1199 2007), this assay provides a good model system. - HIV-1 virus, acquired from Rush Virology Quality Assurance Laboratory at 1.5×106 copies/ml of plasma, was diluted in seronegative plasma to obtain HIV-1 concentrations of 300, 60 and 12 copies/4 respectively. The Ambion MagMaxTM Total RNA isolation kit (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.) manual protocol was performed as per manufacturer's recommendations. For purification with the IPF method, lysis and binding reagents constituting of 200 μL of Ambion Lysis/Binding solution concentrate (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.), 200 μL of isopropyl alcohol, 1μL of carrier RNA (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.), 5 μL of Ambion PMPs and 5 μL of Binding Enhancer (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.) were added to the larger chamber of the cartridge and mixed. 50 μL of plasma containing HIV-1 virus was then added to it and mixed for 4 minutes using the automated system. 50 μL of elution buffer was aliquoted into the smaller chamber of the IPF cartridge and the two aqueous fluids were overlaid with Chillout™ liquid wax (Biorad Laboratories; Hercules, Calif.) as shown in
FIG. 12 . An automated system aggregated the PMPs for 2 minutes using the external magnet and moved the aggregate from the lysis buffer to the elution buffer. The elution buffer containing the PMPs was heated to 55° C. for 10 minutes to elute the RNA. The PMPs were aggregated and removed from the elution buffer. HIV-1 viral load quantification was performed using the Abbott RealTime HIV-1 Amplification Reagent Kit (Huang, Salituro et al. 2007) (Abbott Molecular, Des Plaines, Ill.) in 25 μL reaction volumes with the addition of 0.2 mg/mi bovine serum albumin (B8667, Sigma), 150 mM trehalose (T9531; Sigma) and 0.2% Tween 20 (28320; Pierce Thermo Fisher Scientific) and 5 μL template. Amplification reactions were performed in Cepheid SmartCycler II (Sunnyvale, CA). - The purified RNA was amplified using the Abbott RealTime HIV-1 Amplification Kit. A PCR efficiency of E=102% was observed (
FIG. 14 ), indicating that the inhibitor carryover is minimal even after eliminating the four wash steps and the alcohol evaporation step required for the standard protocol. Comparing the IPF and the standard protocol for RNA purification using the Ambion MagMax™ Total RNA isolation kit showed that at 0.05 level of significance (α=0.05), there was no statistical difference between the two methods (p-value=0.967) (FIG. 15 ). Ten replicates each at several low copy numbers were purified and it was found that 60 copies of viral RNA could be detected in the PCR reaction with 100% sensitivity. Because 50 μL of plasma were used, this corresponds to 600 copies per ml of blood with 100% sensitivity. - EXAMPLE 7
- Purification of Chlamydia and Gonorrhea DNA from Urine
- In order to eliminate all wash steps for purifying nucleic acids and to eliminate all contact between the processing system and the sample, PMPs were transported between wells using an externally applied magnetic field. The wells are connected with a hydrophobic liquid through which PMPs are transported (
FIG. 12 ). The hydrophobic liquid acts as a barrier between the lysis chamber and the elution chamber, preventing mixing of the two solutions. Upon application of the magnetic force, the PMPs are moved through the hydrophobic liquid, transporting NAs from the lysis chamber to the elution chamber while the lysis and elution buffers remain stationary. The hydrophobic liquid acts as an immiscible phase filter (IPF), which reduces processing to only three steps: cell lysis/NA binding, PMP transport, and NA elution. To demonstrate the feasibility of using the IPF method to extract NA from urine, bacterial DNA was purified from Chlamydia trachomatis (CT) and Neisseria gonorrhoeae (NG) for diagnosis of these sexually transmitted diseases. - The urine samples were prepared by combining Chlamydia: ATCC trachomatis serotype F in McCoy cell culture suspension and lyophilized Neisseria gonorrhoeae resuspended in PBS containing 30% glycerol with control urine (Fisher Scientific, PA). The manual protocol was carried out using the Abbott RealTime CT/NG assay as per the manufacturer's protocols. For purification with IPF method, 200 μL of Ambion Lysis/Binding solution concentrate (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.), 200 μL of isopropyl alcohol, 1 μL of carrier RNA (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.), 5 μL of Ambion PMPs and 54 of Binding Enhancer (Applied Biosystem; Foster City, Calif.) were mixed. 200 μL of urine sample was then added to it. The solution was heated to 55° C. for 10 minutes and the two-step purification was carried out as with the plasma samples. As described previously (Marshall et al., J. Clin. Microbiol., 45:747-51, 2007), the purified DNA was amplified using the Abbott RealTime CT/NG assay in a 50 μL reaction volume. Amplification reactions were performed in the Abbott Molecular m2000rt instrument (Abbott Park, Ill.).
- The PCR efficiency for the CT and NG assay over seven orders of magnitude was 97.2% and 94.5% respectively (
FIG. 16-17 ) indicating that the inhibitor carryover is minimal. These efficiencies were similar to those obtained from the manual extraction method (87.9% and 87.9%, respectively) using the Abbott RealTime CT/NG kit. The Bland-Altman plots of the CT and NG assays show that there is no statistical difference between the standard method using the Abbott DNA purification kit and the IPF method. (FIG. 18-19 ). At a 0.05 level of significance (α=0.05), the two were found to be identical (p-values of 0.42 and 0.70 respectively). - Purification of Genomic DNA from Whole Blood
- In order to eliminate all wash steps for purifying nucleic acids and to eliminate all contact between the processing system and the sample, PMPs were transported between wells using an externally applied magnetic field. The wells are connected with a hydrophobic liquid through which PMPs are transported (
FIG. 12 ). The hydrophobic liquid acts as a barrier between the lysis chamber and the elution chamber, preventing mixing of the two solutions. Upon application of the magnetic force, the PMPs are moved through the hydrophobic liquid, transporting NAs from the lysis chamber to the elution chamber while the lysis and elution buffers remain stationary. The hydrophobic liquid acts as an immiscible phase filter (IPF), which reduces processing to only three steps: cell lysis/NA binding, PMP transport, and NA elution. - Whole blood (WB) is a rich source of genomic DNA; however, it is an extremely complex medium containing numerous PCR inhibitors in high concentrations. To determine if the method could process such samples, a qPCR assay was developed to detect proviral HIV-1 DNA integrated into peripheral blood mononuclear cells. Proviral DNA detection is used routinely to diagnose infants with HIV-1 (Read and Committee on Pediatric AIDS Pediatrics 120(6): el547-1562 2007). The Promega Magnesil gDNA purification kit which consists of 10 steps (lysis, 7 washes, drying and elution) was adapted for use with the IPF which involved 3 steps (lysis, PMP transport through liquid wax, and elution).
- Cultured 8E5 cells (Folks, Powell et al. J. Exp. Med. 164(1): 280-290 1986) (Rush Virology Quality Assurance Laboratory, Chicago, IL) containing a single copy of the HIV-1 genome per cell added to WB from a seronegative donor was used to simulate infant blood for the proviral DNA assay. The cells were thawed, counted using a hemoctyometer, serially diluted in phosphate buffer saline (PBS) and added to WB from a seronegative donor at concentrations of 8000 cells/μl, 1600 cells/μl, 320 cells/μl and 64 cells/μl. The Promega Magnesil gDNA purification protocol was carried out at the manufacturer's recommendations. In the IPF method, 254 blood was added to 60 μL lysis buffer, agitated for a minute and incubated for 4 minutes at room temperature. 44 μL of lysis buffer and 6 μL, of PMPs was added, agitated for a minute and incubated for 4 minutes. 15 μL of lysis buffer and 200 μL of alcohol wash buffer were added to the solution and the IPF purification was carried out as before. The purified DNA was amplified using the Abbott RealTime HIV-1 Amplification Reagent Kit (Abbott Molecular, Des Plaines, Ill.) (Huang, Salituro et al. 2007) in 25 μl reaction volume. Amplification reactions were performed in Cepheid SmartCycler II (Sunnyvale, Calif.).
- Serial dilutions over 4 orders of magnitude yielded a standard curve with a slope of -3.15 and PCR efficiency of 108% (
FIG. 20 ). The Bland-Altman plot of the proviral PCR assays showed that there was no statistical difference between the standard method using the Promega purification kit and the IPF method (FIG. 21 ). At a 0.05 level of significance (α=0.05), the two methods were found to be identical (p-value=0.98). - All publications, patents, patent applications and sequences identified by accession numbers mentioned in the above specification are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Although the invention has been described in connection with specific embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Modifications and variations of the described compositions and methods of the invention that do not significantly change the functional features of the compositions and methods described herein are intended to be within the scope of the following claims.
Claims (14)
1. A device for facilitating extraction of a biological sample, the biological sample including non-desired material and a biological molecule of interest bound to a solid phase, the device comprising:
a first chamber for receiving the biological sample therein;
a region for receiving a lipophilic material therein;
a second chamber for receiving a reagent therein; and
a transport mechanism moveable between a first position adjacent the first chamber and a second position adjacent the second chamber;
wherein the mechanism urges the molecule of interest bound solid phase from the first chamber, through the region and into the second chamber.
2. The device of claim wherein the lipophilic material is an oil, the oil preventing the non-desired material from passing therethrough.
3. The device of claim 1 further comprising a first channel having an input in communication with the first chamber and an output in communication with the region.
4. The device of claim 3 further comprising a second channel having an input in communication with the region and an output in communication with the second chamber.
5. The device of claim 1 further comprising a plate having an upper surface, the upper surface including:
a first hydrophilic portion communicating with the biological sample;
a second hydrophilic portion communicating with the reagent; and
a hydrophobic portion communicating with the lipophilic material.
6. A device for facilitating extraction of a biological molecule of interest from a biological sample, the biological sample including non-desired material and the biological molecule of interest bound to a solid phase, the device comprising:
a first chamber for receiving the biological sample therein;
a second chamber for receiving a reagent therein;
a pathway interconnecting the first chamber and the second chamber, and
a transport mechanism movable between a first position adjacent the first chamber and a second position adjacent the second chamber; wherein the transport mechanism urges the molecule of interest bound solid phase from the first chamber, through the pathway and into the second chamber.
7. The device of claim 6 further comprising a lipophilic material disposed in the pathway, the lipophilic material preventing the non-desired material from passing therethrough.
8. The device of claim 7 wherein the pathway includes a region for housing the lipophilic material.
9. The device of claim 8 wherein the pathway is at least partially defined by a first channel having an input in communication with the first chamber and an output communicating with the region.
10. The device of claim 9 wherein the pathway is further defined by a second channel having an input in communication with the region and an output communicating with the second chamber.
11. The device of claim 6 further comprising a plate having an upper surface, the upper surface including:
a first hydrophilic portion communicating with the biological sample;
a second hydrophilic portion communicating with the reagent; and
a hydrophobic portion partially defining the pathway.
12. A method for facilitating extraction of a fraction from a biological sample, the biological sample including non-desired material and a biological molecule of interest bound to a solid phase, the method comprising the steps of:
depositing the biological sample in a first chamber; and
drawing the biological molecule bound phase substrate from the first chamber, through an intermediate region and into the second chamber with a force.
13. The method of claim 12 wherein the intermediate region includes a lipophilic material preventing the non-desired material from passing therethrough.
14. The method of claim 13 wherein the lipophilic material is an oil.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/341,843 US20120129156A1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2011-12-30 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US3265508P | 2008-02-29 | 2008-02-29 | |
US12/395,020 US8187808B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2009-02-27 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
US13/341,843 US20120129156A1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2011-12-30 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/395,020 Continuation US8187808B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2009-02-27 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20120129156A1 true US20120129156A1 (en) | 2012-05-24 |
Family
ID=41056566
Family Applications (6)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/395,020 Active 2029-05-30 US8187808B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2009-02-27 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
US13/162,524 Active US8304188B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2011-06-16 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
US13/162,530 Active US8206918B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2011-06-16 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
US13/341,843 Abandoned US20120129156A1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2011-12-30 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
US13/421,742 Abandoned US20120208987A1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2012-03-15 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
US13/645,447 Abandoned US20130034845A1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2012-10-04 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
Family Applications Before (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/395,020 Active 2029-05-30 US8187808B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2009-02-27 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
US13/162,524 Active US8304188B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2011-06-16 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
US13/162,530 Active US8206918B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2011-06-16 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/421,742 Abandoned US20120208987A1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2012-03-15 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
US13/645,447 Abandoned US20130034845A1 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2012-10-04 | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
Country Status (11)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (6) | US8187808B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2257802A4 (en) |
JP (2) | JP5390540B2 (en) |
CN (1) | CN102027367B (en) |
AU (1) | AU2009222181B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BRPI0908876A2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2716950C (en) |
HK (1) | HK1152377A1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL207823A0 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2009111316A2 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA201006088B (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9463461B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2016-10-11 | The Johns Hopkins University | Self-contained cartridge and methods for integrated biochemical assay at the point-of-care |
US9874294B2 (en) | 2009-06-03 | 2018-01-23 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Valve with material having modifiable degree of penetrability |
Families Citing this family (95)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
FR2852148B1 (en) * | 2003-03-07 | 2014-04-11 | Batscap Sa | MATERIAL FOR COMPOSITE ELECTRODE, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME |
JP5165383B2 (en) * | 2004-12-23 | 2013-03-21 | アイ−スタツト・コーポレイシヨン | Molecular diagnostic system and method |
US20060264783A1 (en) | 2005-05-09 | 2006-11-23 | Holmes Elizabeth A | Systems and methods for monitoring pharmacological parameters |
US20090047673A1 (en) | 2006-08-22 | 2009-02-19 | Cary Robert B | Miniaturized lateral flow device for rapid and sensitive detection of proteins or nucleic acids |
AU2008308686B2 (en) | 2007-10-02 | 2015-01-22 | Labrador Diagnostics Llc | Modular point-of-care devices and uses thereof |
WO2009111316A2 (en) * | 2008-02-29 | 2009-09-11 | Northwestern University | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
WO2009137059A1 (en) | 2008-05-05 | 2009-11-12 | Los Alamos National Security, Llc | Highly simplified lateral flow-based nucleic acid sample preparation and passive fluid flow control |
EP2485844B1 (en) * | 2009-10-06 | 2020-07-22 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Magnetic sample purification |
WO2011098089A1 (en) * | 2010-02-15 | 2011-08-18 | Danmarks Tekniske Universitet | Sample processing device and method |
US8728410B2 (en) * | 2010-02-26 | 2014-05-20 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Device for and method of extracting a fraction from a biological sample |
US8603416B2 (en) * | 2010-02-26 | 2013-12-10 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Device for and method of extracting a fraction from a biological sample |
JP5904940B2 (en) * | 2010-06-22 | 2016-04-20 | ユニバーサル・バイオ・リサーチ株式会社 | Composition for preventing evaporation of reaction solution during nucleic acid amplification reaction |
CN103153467A (en) * | 2010-07-16 | 2013-06-12 | 范德比尔特大学 | Low resource processor using surface tension valves for extracting, concentrating and detecting molecular species |
CN103229053B (en) | 2010-07-27 | 2015-06-24 | 西北大学 | Devices and methods for filtering blood plasma |
DE102010041621B4 (en) | 2010-09-29 | 2016-11-03 | Hahn-Schickard-Gesellschaft für angewandte Forschung e.V. | Method for transporting magnetic particles |
US8993243B2 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2015-03-31 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Method for isolating weakly interacting molecules from a fluidic sample |
AR085087A1 (en) | 2011-01-21 | 2013-09-11 | Theranos Inc | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO MAXIMIZE THE USE OF SAMPLES |
US20120220045A1 (en) * | 2011-02-25 | 2012-08-30 | Colin Bozarth | Double Trench Well for Assay Procedures |
EP2685266A4 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2014-01-15 | Japan Science & Tech Agency | Bead sealing method, method for detecting target molecule, array, kit, and target molecule detection device |
US10018627B2 (en) * | 2011-03-08 | 2018-07-10 | Japan Science And Technology Agency | Method for sealing substances, method for detecting target molecule, array, kit, and target molecule detection device |
US9048628B2 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2015-06-02 | Kyushu University, National University Corporation | Solid-state dye laser medium and process for production thereof |
PT2699698T (en) | 2011-04-20 | 2017-04-11 | Mesa Biotech Inc | Oscillating amplification reaction for nucleic acids |
WO2012155097A2 (en) * | 2011-05-11 | 2012-11-15 | Luminex Corporation | Systems and methods for producing an evaporation barrier in a reaction chamber |
US8380541B1 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2013-02-19 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for collecting and transmitting assay results |
US9664702B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2017-05-30 | Theranos, Inc. | Fluid handling apparatus and configurations |
US9632102B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2017-04-25 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for multi-purpose analysis |
US8475739B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2013-07-02 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for fluid handling |
US8840838B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2014-09-23 | Theranos, Inc. | Centrifuge configurations |
US9268915B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2016-02-23 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for diagnosis or treatment |
US9619627B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2017-04-11 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for collecting and transmitting assay results |
US20140170735A1 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2014-06-19 | Elizabeth A. Holmes | Systems and methods for multi-analysis |
US9250229B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2016-02-02 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for multi-analysis |
US10012664B2 (en) | 2011-09-25 | 2018-07-03 | Theranos Ip Company, Llc | Systems and methods for fluid and component handling |
US9810704B2 (en) | 2013-02-18 | 2017-11-07 | Theranos, Inc. | Systems and methods for multi-analysis |
US20130137108A1 (en) * | 2011-10-25 | 2013-05-30 | Anubhav Tripathi | Magnetic bead separation apparatus and method |
US20130158240A1 (en) | 2011-12-15 | 2013-06-20 | David Beebe | Method Of Extracting A Fraction From A Biological Sample |
WO2013126620A1 (en) | 2012-02-23 | 2013-08-29 | Dow Agrosciences Llc | Automation of barrier-based plant nucleic acid and protein extraction |
GB2501238B (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2018-10-24 | Cambridge Entpr Ltd | Methods for obtaining liquid from a solid phase |
WO2013169730A1 (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2013-11-14 | Quidel Corporation | Device for isolating an analyte from a sample, and methods of use |
JP6280541B2 (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2018-02-14 | ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ | Cartridge for use in an automated system for isolating a specimen from a sample and method of use |
WO2014031786A1 (en) * | 2012-08-23 | 2014-02-27 | Northwestern University | Device with controlled fluid dynamics, for isolation of an analyte from a sample |
US8728411B2 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2014-05-20 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Device for and method of isolating a fraction in a biological sample |
US9766166B2 (en) | 2013-01-09 | 2017-09-19 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Device and method incorporating a slideable lid for extracting a targeted fraction from a sample |
US10564077B2 (en) | 2012-09-05 | 2020-02-18 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Device for and method of isolating and analyzing a fraction in a biological sample |
JP6120518B2 (en) * | 2012-10-10 | 2017-04-26 | 公益財団法人かずさDna研究所 | Simple measuring instrument |
US9347056B2 (en) | 2012-10-26 | 2016-05-24 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Nucleic acid extraction device, and nucleic acid extraction method, nucleic acid extraction kit, and nucleic acid extraction apparatus, each using the same |
JP2014093988A (en) * | 2012-11-12 | 2014-05-22 | Seiko Epson Corp | Method of manipulating solid carriers and apparatus of manipulating solid carriers |
WO2014138563A1 (en) | 2013-03-07 | 2014-09-12 | Quidel Corporation | Dual chamber liquid packaging system |
US9869675B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2018-01-16 | Vanderbilt University | Low resource processor using surface tension valves for extracting, concentrating, and detecting whole cells |
US11029310B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2021-06-08 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Device and method for extracting a targeted fraction from a sample |
TWI639705B (en) * | 2016-03-01 | 2018-11-01 | 奎克生技光電股份有限公司 | Multiplex slide plate device and operation method thereof |
US10415084B2 (en) | 2013-06-27 | 2019-09-17 | Quark Biosciences Taiwan, Inc. | Multiplex slide plate device and operation method thereof |
US11135592B2 (en) * | 2013-06-27 | 2021-10-05 | Quark Biosciences Taiwan, Inc. | Multiplex slide plate device having storage tank |
TWI499779B (en) | 2013-07-04 | 2015-09-11 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Detection chip and using method thereof |
CN103808923A (en) * | 2013-11-25 | 2014-05-21 | 珠海迪尔生物工程有限公司 | Movable type magnetic separation fluorescence immunoassay detection and analysis method and movable type magnetic separation fluorescence immunoassay detection and analysis device |
JP2015104364A (en) * | 2013-11-29 | 2015-06-08 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Container for nucleic acid amplification reaction, cartridge for nucleic acid amplification reaction, and cartridge kit for nucleic acid amplification reaction |
JP2015104363A (en) * | 2013-11-29 | 2015-06-08 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Cartridge for nucleic acid amplification reaction and cartridge kit for nucleic acid amplification reaction |
EP3080267B1 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2020-02-19 | Altratech Limited | A sample preparation method and apparatus |
EP3375892B1 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2020-07-01 | Altratech Limited | Capacitive sensor |
US10040062B2 (en) | 2014-01-14 | 2018-08-07 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Device and method for transferring a target between locations |
US10828636B2 (en) | 2016-10-25 | 2020-11-10 | Fannin Partners Llc | Automated remotely instructed driving of an assay |
WO2015113047A2 (en) | 2014-01-27 | 2015-07-30 | Brevitest Technologies, Llc | Discontinuous fluidic systems for point-of-care analyte measurement |
US10195609B2 (en) | 2016-10-25 | 2019-02-05 | Fannin Partners, LLC | Assay wells with hydrogel as a well-contents separator and a pigment-based temperature indicator |
FR3017792B1 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2019-08-23 | Imv Technologies | PAILLETTE FOR PRESERVING A PREDETERMINED DOSE OF A LIQUID-BASED SUBSTANCE, IN PARTICULAR A BIOLOGICAL SUBSTANCE |
FR3017793B1 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2019-08-23 | Imv Technologies | PAILLETTE FOR PRESERVING A PREDETERMINED DOSE OF A LIQUID-BASED SUBSTANCE, IN PARTICULAR A BIOLOGICAL SUBSTANCE |
US10307759B2 (en) | 2014-06-25 | 2019-06-04 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Biosensor for the detection of target components in a sample |
WO2016001963A1 (en) * | 2014-06-30 | 2016-01-07 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Array device for nucleic acid analysis, nucleic acid analysis device, and nucleic acid analysis method |
JP6611714B2 (en) | 2014-07-08 | 2019-11-27 | 国立研究開発法人科学技術振興機構 | Method for encapsulating substance and method for detecting target molecule |
JP2016067275A (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2016-05-09 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Device for purifying nucleic acid |
JP2016093158A (en) * | 2014-11-17 | 2016-05-26 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Container housing body |
JP2016093156A (en) * | 2014-11-17 | 2016-05-26 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Container housing body |
JP2016093157A (en) * | 2014-11-17 | 2016-05-26 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Container housing body |
US10616219B2 (en) * | 2014-12-11 | 2020-04-07 | FlowJo, LLC | Single cell data management and analysis systems and methods |
CN104714026B (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2018-08-21 | 北京热景生物技术股份有限公司 | A kind of separation detection composition, system and its application of alpha-fetoprotein variant |
WO2016184924A1 (en) * | 2015-05-19 | 2016-11-24 | Bio-Rad Innovations | Use of a low-density immiscible compound in a device for detecting an analyte in a sample |
JP6651794B2 (en) * | 2015-11-05 | 2020-02-19 | 富士レビオ株式会社 | Cardiac troponin I measuring reagent and method |
JP2017127224A (en) * | 2016-01-19 | 2017-07-27 | 株式会社島津製作所 | Nucleic acid pretreatment kit and nucleic acid sequence analysis method |
DE102016209904A1 (en) * | 2016-06-06 | 2017-12-07 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Method and microfluidic device for processing a sample of biological material |
CN109562379A (en) | 2016-06-20 | 2019-04-02 | 拜克门寇尔特公司 | Drying process for dyestuff conjugate reagent |
WO2018111782A1 (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2018-06-21 | Cepheid | Integrated immuno-pcr and nucleic acid analysis in an automated reaction cartridge |
WO2018217933A1 (en) | 2017-05-25 | 2018-11-29 | FlowJo, LLC | Visualization, comparative analysis, and automated difference detection for large multi-parameter data sets |
CN114011479B (en) * | 2017-06-06 | 2023-05-02 | 西北大学 | Cross-interface magnetic separation |
EP3642624A1 (en) | 2017-06-19 | 2020-04-29 | Lab-on-a-Bead AB | Combinatory separation |
EP3460077B1 (en) * | 2017-09-20 | 2020-06-17 | Altratech Limited | Diagnostic device and system |
WO2019057515A1 (en) | 2017-09-20 | 2019-03-28 | Altratech Limited | Diagnostic device and system |
CN107748160B (en) * | 2017-09-21 | 2020-06-02 | 中山大学 | POCT ready-to-use micro-fluidic chip and application method |
CN107561262A (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2018-01-09 | 郑州安图生物工程股份有限公司 | Integral biological and chemical reaction equipment |
CN111699242A (en) * | 2017-10-11 | 2020-09-22 | 上海仁度生物科技有限公司 | Automated nucleic acid sample preparation, detection and analysis system |
CN108796038B (en) * | 2018-06-26 | 2019-10-18 | 杭州优思达生物技术有限公司 | A kind of nucleic acid integrated detection method and detection reagent pipe |
CN114667338A (en) * | 2019-09-20 | 2022-06-24 | 美国西门子医学诊断股份有限公司 | Improved rotor mixer for agitating fluids during sample preparation |
EP4118204A4 (en) * | 2020-03-13 | 2023-10-11 | Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics, Inc. | Improved vortex generator for agitation of fluids during sample preparation |
US20210379587A1 (en) * | 2020-06-05 | 2021-12-09 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Device And Method For Accelerated Material Extraction And Detection |
GB2618578A (en) * | 2022-05-11 | 2023-11-15 | Stratec Se | Method and consumable for nucleic acid extraction |
DE102022111890B3 (en) | 2022-05-12 | 2023-03-16 | Dermagnostix GmbH | Procedure for deparaffinizing formalin-fixed paraffin-embedded tissue |
WO2023242964A1 (en) * | 2022-06-14 | 2023-12-21 | 株式会社日立ハイテク | Nucleic acid elution liquid and nucleic acid elution method using said nucleic acid elution liquid |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6040193A (en) * | 1991-11-22 | 2000-03-21 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Combinatorial strategies for polymer synthesis |
US20020151040A1 (en) * | 2000-02-18 | 2002-10-17 | Matthew O' Keefe | Apparatus and methods for parallel processing of microvolume liquid reactions |
EP1707965A1 (en) * | 2004-01-15 | 2006-10-04 | Japan Science and Technology Agency | Chemical analysis apparatus and method of chemical analysis |
EP2072133A1 (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2009-06-24 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Multi-compartment device with magnetic particles |
US7820454B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2010-10-26 | Intel Corporation | Programmable electromagnetic array for molecule transport |
US8187808B2 (en) * | 2008-02-29 | 2012-05-29 | Northwestern University | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
Family Cites Families (27)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4921612A (en) * | 1985-10-22 | 1990-05-01 | The Trustees Of Stevens Institute Of Technology | Asymmetrically-wettable porous membrane process |
ATE91023T1 (en) * | 1987-12-01 | 1993-07-15 | Biotope Inc | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR PERFORMING INVESTIGATIONS. |
US5200051A (en) * | 1988-11-14 | 1993-04-06 | I-Stat Corporation | Wholly microfabricated biosensors and process for the manufacture and use thereof |
US5279936A (en) * | 1989-12-22 | 1994-01-18 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Method of separation employing magnetic particles and second medium |
KR100463475B1 (en) * | 1995-06-08 | 2005-06-22 | 로셰 디아그노스틱스 게엠베하 | Magnetic Pigment |
US20020022261A1 (en) * | 1995-06-29 | 2002-02-21 | Anderson Rolfe C. | Miniaturized genetic analysis systems and methods |
US5856174A (en) * | 1995-06-29 | 1999-01-05 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device |
US5912129A (en) * | 1998-03-05 | 1999-06-15 | Vinayagamoorthy; Thuraiayah | Multi-zone polymerase/ligase chain reaction |
US6328782B1 (en) * | 2000-02-04 | 2001-12-11 | Commodore Separation Technologies, Inc. | Combined supported liquid membrane/strip dispersion process for the removal and recovery of radionuclides and metals |
DE60035199T2 (en) * | 1999-08-11 | 2008-02-14 | Asahi Kasei Kabushiki Kaisha | ANALYSIS CASSETTE AND LIQUID CONVEYOR CONTROLLER |
US6610499B1 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2003-08-26 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Capillary array and related methods |
FI120863B (en) * | 2002-10-18 | 2010-04-15 | Biocontrol Systems Inc | Magnetic transfer method and microparticle transfer device |
US20060094108A1 (en) * | 2002-12-20 | 2006-05-04 | Karl Yoder | Thermal cycler for microfluidic array assays |
EP2574400B1 (en) * | 2003-02-05 | 2016-09-28 | Iquum, Inc. | Sample processing |
FR2858688A1 (en) * | 2003-08-04 | 2005-02-11 | Gilbert Skorski | Measuring biochemical parameters in a sample, for in vitro diagnosis, comprises that magnetic micro-balls colored by their parameters are carried through the sample and reagent(s) by magnets to a scanning station with a camera |
US7445939B2 (en) * | 2004-02-27 | 2008-11-04 | Varian, Inc. | Stable liquid membranes for liquid phase microextraction |
US7867443B2 (en) * | 2004-07-23 | 2011-01-11 | Dako Denmark A/S | Method and apparatus for automated pre-treatment and processing of biological samples |
JP5165383B2 (en) * | 2004-12-23 | 2013-03-21 | アイ−スタツト・コーポレイシヨン | Molecular diagnostic system and method |
EP1890157A4 (en) * | 2005-06-07 | 2011-11-02 | Arkray Inc | Method for replacing liquid, method for extracting component by using it, composite container and automatic analyzer |
WO2007022026A2 (en) * | 2005-08-11 | 2007-02-22 | Biotrove, Inc. | Apparatus for assay, synthesis and storage, and methods of manufacture, use, and manipulation thereof |
WO2007041619A2 (en) * | 2005-09-30 | 2007-04-12 | Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic device for purifying a biological component using magnetic beads |
EP1989529A4 (en) | 2006-02-13 | 2010-09-01 | Agency Science Tech & Res | Method of processing a biological and/or chemical sample |
JP4987885B2 (en) * | 2006-03-09 | 2012-07-25 | エージェンシー フォー サイエンス,テクノロジー アンド リサーチ | Apparatus for carrying out a reaction in a droplet and method of use thereof |
ATE542921T1 (en) * | 2006-04-18 | 2012-02-15 | Advanced Liquid Logic Inc | DROPLET-BASED PYROSEQUENCING |
US7439014B2 (en) * | 2006-04-18 | 2008-10-21 | Advanced Liquid Logic, Inc. | Droplet-based surface modification and washing |
US7745129B1 (en) * | 2006-07-12 | 2010-06-29 | Kenneth David Schatz | Methods for sequencing of a necleic acid |
US8298763B2 (en) * | 2007-03-02 | 2012-10-30 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | Automated high-throughput flow-through real-time diagnostic system |
-
2009
- 2009-02-27 WO PCT/US2009/035497 patent/WO2009111316A2/en active Application Filing
- 2009-02-27 US US12/395,020 patent/US8187808B2/en active Active
- 2009-02-27 CA CA2716950A patent/CA2716950C/en active Active
- 2009-02-27 EP EP09717034.4A patent/EP2257802A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2009-02-27 BR BRPI0908876A patent/BRPI0908876A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2009-02-27 JP JP2010548909A patent/JP5390540B2/en active Active
- 2009-02-27 AU AU2009222181A patent/AU2009222181B2/en active Active
- 2009-02-27 CN CN200980115366.0A patent/CN102027367B/en active Active
-
2010
- 2010-08-26 IL IL207823A patent/IL207823A0/en unknown
- 2010-08-26 ZA ZA2010/06088A patent/ZA201006088B/en unknown
-
2011
- 2011-06-16 US US13/162,524 patent/US8304188B2/en active Active
- 2011-06-16 US US13/162,530 patent/US8206918B2/en active Active
- 2011-06-21 HK HK11106292.9A patent/HK1152377A1/en unknown
- 2011-12-30 US US13/341,843 patent/US20120129156A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2012
- 2012-03-15 US US13/421,742 patent/US20120208987A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2012-10-04 US US13/645,447 patent/US20130034845A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2013
- 2013-10-09 JP JP2013212226A patent/JP5866325B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6040193A (en) * | 1991-11-22 | 2000-03-21 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Combinatorial strategies for polymer synthesis |
US20020151040A1 (en) * | 2000-02-18 | 2002-10-17 | Matthew O' Keefe | Apparatus and methods for parallel processing of microvolume liquid reactions |
EP1707965A1 (en) * | 2004-01-15 | 2006-10-04 | Japan Science and Technology Agency | Chemical analysis apparatus and method of chemical analysis |
US7820454B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2010-10-26 | Intel Corporation | Programmable electromagnetic array for molecule transport |
EP2072133A1 (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2009-06-24 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Multi-compartment device with magnetic particles |
WO2009083862A1 (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2009-07-09 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Multi-compartment device with magnetic particles |
US20100273142A1 (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2010-10-28 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Multi-compartment device with magnetic particles |
US8187808B2 (en) * | 2008-02-29 | 2012-05-29 | Northwestern University | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9874294B2 (en) | 2009-06-03 | 2018-01-23 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Valve with material having modifiable degree of penetrability |
US9463461B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2016-10-11 | The Johns Hopkins University | Self-contained cartridge and methods for integrated biochemical assay at the point-of-care |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
IL207823A0 (en) | 2010-12-30 |
CN102027367B (en) | 2016-03-23 |
US20130034845A1 (en) | 2013-02-07 |
JP2011516034A (en) | 2011-05-26 |
WO2009111316A2 (en) | 2009-09-11 |
JP2014012025A (en) | 2014-01-23 |
JP5866325B2 (en) | 2016-02-17 |
US8206918B2 (en) | 2012-06-26 |
US20090246782A1 (en) | 2009-10-01 |
AU2009222181A1 (en) | 2009-09-11 |
HK1152377A1 (en) | 2012-02-24 |
US8304188B2 (en) | 2012-11-06 |
US20120208987A1 (en) | 2012-08-16 |
CA2716950A1 (en) | 2009-09-11 |
EP2257802A4 (en) | 2014-07-02 |
EP2257802A2 (en) | 2010-12-08 |
CA2716950C (en) | 2017-07-04 |
ZA201006088B (en) | 2011-10-26 |
BRPI0908876A2 (en) | 2018-03-13 |
WO2009111316A3 (en) | 2009-11-26 |
US20110306109A1 (en) | 2011-12-15 |
US8187808B2 (en) | 2012-05-29 |
CN102027367A (en) | 2011-04-20 |
AU2009222181B2 (en) | 2014-12-04 |
US20110269190A1 (en) | 2011-11-03 |
JP5390540B2 (en) | 2014-01-15 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8206918B2 (en) | Barriers for facilitating biological reactions | |
Pearlman et al. | Low-resource nucleic acid extraction method enabled by high-gradient magnetic separation | |
EP2864503B1 (en) | Nucleic acid amplification and detection kit | |
Berry et al. | Streamlining immunoassays with immiscible filtrations assisted by surface tension | |
EP2719449A1 (en) | Molecular diagnostics platform that uses digital microfluidics and multiplexed bead detection | |
WO2011020011A2 (en) | Droplet actuator and droplet-based techniques | |
US10590477B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for purifying nucleic acids and performing polymerase chain reaction assays using an immiscible fluid | |
Juang et al. | Oil immersed lossless total analysis system for integrated RNA extraction and detection of SARS-CoV-2 | |
Mitsakakis et al. | Diagnostic tools for tackling febrile illness and enhancing patient management | |
Ngo et al. | Sensitive and quantitative point-of-care HIV viral load quantification from blood using a power-free plasma separation and portable magnetofluidic polymerase chain reaction instrument | |
Weigl et al. | Fully integrated multiplexed lab-on-a-card assay for enteric pathogens | |
Mathekga et al. | Micro and nanofluidics for high throughput drug screening | |
Deraney et al. | Vortex-and Centrifugation-Free Extraction of HIV-1 RNA | |
Kanies et al. | A modular microfluidic device that uses magnetically actuatable microposts for enhanced magnetic bead-based workflows | |
US20220081730A1 (en) | Method, system and apparatus for respiratory testing | |
US20210379587A1 (en) | Device And Method For Accelerated Material Extraction And Detection | |
Juang et al. | Oil Immersed Lossless Total Analysis System (OIL-TAS): Integrated RNA Extraction and Detection for SARS-CoV-2 Testing | |
Adeyiga | Rapid Concentration of Bacteria Using Microfluidic Magnetic Ratcheting | |
Osawe et al. | Managing Contamination in Real-Time PCR | |
Simon et al. | Chemical Tests | |
Soria et al. | New molecular technologies for the rapid detection of Legionella in water | |
Strotman | Exclusion Based Sample Preparation Enabling Multiple Analyte Interrogation | |
Hamedi | USING PAPER AND TEXTILE MICROFLUIDICS TOWARDS DEMOCRATIZING MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY;REEL/FRAME:027675/0096 Effective date: 20120207 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |